units
faculty-ug-med
Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2014 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Chantal Perera |
This unit explores the foundation of the paramedic clinician and introduces the roles expected of paramedics as clinicians. The unit will utilise a model of paramedic clinical competence as a framework to develop the foundations and skills of clinical approach, clinical problem solving, and clinical decision-making. The essential clinical skills will be developed in the clinical laboratory and simulation settings. A satisfactory level in all these essential clinical skills will be required before students can proceed with their course. The context of paramedic clinical practice will be provided by supervised clinical experience with emergency ambulance services.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Mid-semester test (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical portfolio (30%) (Hurdle)
Written exam (2 hours) (50%)
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (Pass / Fail)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must complete the clinical portfolio at the pass grade AND pass the written examination AND pass the Objective Structured Clinical Examination. 80% attendance at tutorials is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or the Bachelor of
Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Jennings |
This unit introduces population health, public health and primary health care principles to the analysis of community based emergency health (CBEH). Population health principles are applied to illness prevention and health promotion. The use of health datasets in population and public health is also discussed. The basis of science, knowledge and evidence is explored along with the principles and use of evidence-based practice in the CBEH setting.
Students are encouraged to develop their capacity for enquiry, research, critical thought, critical appraisal and analysis through the semester. Information technology is used to access and interrogate the multitude of health datasets.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Portfolio (60%)
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or
Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jaime Wallis |
This unit uses the framework of human development throughout the lifespan to identify health and, specifically, emergency health issues at various stages of the lifespan. Students will investigate the roles of paramedics and allied health professionals in assessing human development and maintaining health across the lifespan and will explore issues relating to death and grieving. Included in this unit will be clinical visits to selected agencies to provide clinical context to the theoretical background.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Written assignment (2,000 words) (35%)
Examination (2 hours) (45%)
Community visit portfolio (20%)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must attend the community visit AND successfully complete the community visit portfolio. 80% attendance at tutorials is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, small group exercises, and field trips.
Must be enrolled in course 3445
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Jurkovsky |
Law, Ethics and Professionalism will provide Bachelor of Emergency Health students with a sound basis for their legal and ethical practice within a chosen profession. The unit is divided into three distinct themes which blend together to assist in their understanding of legal principles, the application of legal standards, assessment and application of ethical practices while analysing the overarching concepts of professionalism in a challenging and continually developing area of health practice.
The unit will offer a broad range of teaching and learning strategies to accommodate the variety of participants in a non-clinical setting with an emphasis in supporting students in these activities. A combination of a prescribed text written specifically for the discipline and referral articles that encompass a wider field of practice will be used in conjunction with lectures, tutorials, online discussion and research tasks. A particularly important area of activity within the unit will be applying the principles in contextualised scenarios that relate directly to paramedic practice to ensure students consider and reflect upon areas of their professional practice, beyond the purely clinical environment.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Research paper (50%)
Final examination (50%)
The unit is structured around two, two-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial each week (Weeks 2 - 11 inclusive). In addition to attending lectures and tutorials it is expected that students complete a minimum of 1 hour of personal study per one hour of contact time (approximately 10 hours per week) in order to satisfy the reading and assignment expectations.
Must be enrolled in course 3445
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jaime Wallis |
This unit builds on the foundation of the paramedic clinician and expands the roles expected of paramedics as clinicians. The unit will utilise a model of paramedic clinical competence as a framework to develop the foundations and skills of clinical approach, clinical problem solving, clinical decision-making, and scene management. The unit will develop scientific knowledge and understanding of selected concepts of disease/injury and require students to integrate this knowledge in the clinical laboratory and simulation settings. The unit uses a patient-centred safety focus and is designed to assist students to understand the scope of practice and clinical pathways available in community based emergency healthcare.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Mid-semester test (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical portfolio (30%) (Hurdle)
Written exam (2 hours) (50%)
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (Pass / Fail)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must complete the clinical portfolio at the pass grade AND pass the written examination. 80% attendance at tutorials is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, practical small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in course 3445
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Janet Curtis |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units.
The unit covers commonly encountered chronic, acute, and life threatening respiratory-related clinical problems across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Mid-semester test 1 (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical portfolio (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (50%)
Case simulation (30 minutes) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must pass the written examination AND pass the case simulation. 80% attendance at paramedic skills laboratories is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)or the Bachelor of
Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Damien Dambrosi |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units.
The unit addresses injury and injury prevention across the lifespan, with specific reference to commonly encountered acute and chronic musculoskeletal conditions, injury. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes developing the skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
End of semester written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Clinical portfolio or written assignment (2,000 words) (40%)
Mid-semester written examination (1 hour) (20%)
Scenario-based clinical examination (30 minutes) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must pass the written examination AND pass the scenario-based clinical examination.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, practical simulation.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Summer semester A 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Jurkovsky |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician. It will build on a model of paramedic clinical competence developed in prerequisite units and will provide the context to support the implementation of knowledge and skills necessary for effective patient care. Students will have the opportunity to practice and develop their clinical skills in the management of patients with acute health conditions through clinical placements with ambulance service providers and other health agencies. The unit will also place an emphasis on the insightfulness that is required to deliver quality patient care through a range of reflective tasks that challenge the student to consider their practice from a variety of alternative perspectives.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Clinical skills logbook (Pass / Fail)
Reflective case reports (3 x 1,000 words each) (75%)
Discussion forums (5 x meaningful discussion post of at least 200 words each) (25%)
Hurdle: A pass grade must be achieved on all assessment tasks.
The equivalent of 4 weeks full time supervised clinical placement - a total of 160 hours. The unit is conducted over the 'Summer A' semester so that the essential professional requirement of the supervised clinical practice can be met.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
or
Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Jurkovsky |
The unit establishes an extended scope of practice in the pre-hospital environment where the paramedic explores a range of diseases and conditions and deals with their consequences in out-of-hospital situations. The content of the unit and the practical application of skills will prepare the paramedic for a potential extended care role within a variety of settings in communities and workplaces, locally and internationally.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Clinical portfolio (50%)
Final examination (50%)
The unit is structured around one three-hour lecture and one two-hour practical session each week (Practical sessions: weeks 2 - 11 inclusive). In addition to attending lectures and practical sessions, it is expected that students complete a minimum of 1 hour of personal study per one hour of contact time (approximately 10 hours per week) in order to satisfy the reading and portfolio expectations.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Brett Williams |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit covers commonly encountered chronic, acute, and life threatening cardiovascular problems across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Mid-semester test (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical portfolio (30%) (Hurdle)
Written examination (2 hours) (50%)
Case simulation (30 minutes) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Linda Ross |
This unit aims to develop paramedic awareness and understanding of the cross-cultural and demographically diverse community groups they will encounter as primary health care providers, and extend their capacity to communicate, build rapport and meaningfully engage with these groups. Students will gain valuable community engagement and participation experience through structured volunteer placements within strategically selected private, public and indigenous health related settings. Students will actively participate within these facilities in all aspects of the care programs being delivered allowing them to develop communication, listening and teamwork and skills whilst acquiring an insight into community health issues. In addition students will explore the valuable role they play as health care professionals in educating the community about the paramedics' role, and contributing to patient understanding of medical emergencies and the range of health care services and options available to them. Finally, through their community participation students will be expected to identify real or perceived gaps within the community health sector and devise strategies to narrow those gaps and achieve better health outcomes.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Community health project (50%)
Volunteer community participation portfolio (50%)
Volunteer community participation (Hurdle)
Hurdle requirement: To pass the unit the student must complete 50 hours of Volunteer community participation and attend at least 80% of tutorials.
Six hours per week involving community participation, lectures and tutorials.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Janet Curtis |
Paramedics encounter an abundance of pharmaceutical agents within their practice. This unit is designed to assist students to develop foundational knowledge, skills and judgements regarding pharmacotherapy within community-based emergency health. The social, political, legal and ethical implications of drug use and abuse within the individual, family and community will also be examined. These concepts will be developed further in third year. Three of the course themes will be integrated throughout this unit:
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Worksheet: Fortnightly online MCQ quizzes (15%)
Drug calculations exam (15%)
Written report: Magazine article (30%)
Final examination (40%)
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials and practical exercises.
Must be enrolled in course 3445.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Janet Curtis |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician who is able to assess and care for patients with mental health problems in the community. The unit addresses the epidemiology and history of mental health in Australia, and the features of care systems with particular emphasis on community based care. Acute and chronic medical mental health problems commonly encountered by paramedics are investigated. The special needs of Indigenous persons and those from non-English speaking backgrounds are investigated. The unit is case-based, integrating material from the five themes and the underpinning biomedical, social and clinical sciences, and including clinical skills, laboratory and simulation scenarios to develop essential communication, assessment and management clinical skills, and clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
carers of individuals with mental health problems.
Written report (1,000 words) (20%)
Written assignment (2,000 words) (40%)
Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (Pass / Fail)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must pass the examination AND the objective structured clinical examination. 80% attendance at tutorials is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in course 3445
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Malcolm Boyle |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit explores commonly encountered acute and chronic health emergencies, with a focus on pain management. Using a combination of case-based learning, clinical laboratory work and simulation, this unit will develop the essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision-making competencies in managing common health emergencies.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
encountered in paramedic practice;
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Mid-semester test examination (1 hour) (30%)
Clinical portfolio (30%)
Scenario-based clinical examination (Pass / Fail)
Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit the student must pass the written examinations AND pass the scenario-based clinical examination.
6 hours per week involving lectures and simulation.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Chantal Perera |
This unit develops the role of the paramedic as a clinical leader in the community with the focus on major incidents and disasters. The unit explores disaster planning, response and recovery, and the roles and responsibilities of the paramedic when managing multiple patients or a complex setting, during a major health emergency or during a humanitarian disaster.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Written assignment (2,000 words) (40%)
Clinical worksheets (20%)
Final examination (2 hours) (40%)
Major incident simulation (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials and clinical simulations is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Malcolm Boyle |
The unit examines the principles of quality improvement, error and risk reduction, and clinical audit specifically relevant to CBEH. Contemporary challenges in community-based emergency health needs are discussed in the context of the Australian healthcare system. The impact of politics, funding, and changing demography on future population health needs are explored. Students will investigate alternative methods of delivering community-based emergency health and discuss the future role of paramedics in meeting the health needs of an aging population. The students will also apply research methods to the development of a research proposal that investigates a contemporary community based emergency health challenge.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Assignment (1,000 words) (25%)
Group poster presentation (1,000 words) and oral presentation (30%)
Research proposal (3,000 words) (40%)
Online participation (5%)
6 hours per week involving lectures and tutorials.
Must have passed BEH2021 or NUR2001
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Linda Ross |
This unit provides the student with the opportunity to integrate knowledge acquired in their study in the primary emergency health care environment. The various tasks allow for the development of advanced skills with a focus on the study of health care within the emergency and community-based primary health care environments to assist in the transition to the workplace.
The unit will review of the graduate attributes needed to be an effective practitioner within the area of primary health care. The unit will focus on the knowledge, skills and values needed to practice as a paramedic. Each student is encouraged to identify their personal strengths, develop effective teamwork, situational awareness and personal skills through a process of reflection and continual improvement. Students will then apply this learning through simulations and actual workplace placements to enhance their role-readiness.
Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Throughout the study period each student will complete 32 placement days of eight to ten hours duration.
2 x Case studies (1,500 words each) (30%)
2 x Case study presentations (20%)
E-portfolio (2,000 words) (20%)
2 x Simulation self-critiques (1,000 words) (20%)
Scenario plan (1,000 words) (10%)
Clinical skills log book (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
The students will have a three hour workshop once a fortnight, complete thirty two clinical placement days and equivalent of one hour per fortnight on forum or formative assessment tasks.
Students in the single degree must have successful completed all clinical units within the second year of the degree. If completing the double degree then all clinical units leading to the final year of that degree.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Damien Dambrosi |
The unit addresses the paramedic management of patients with critical care conditions
at the Advanced Life Support level. It will also introduce students to specialty situations, including extended care due to entrapment or environmental barriers, medical retrieval and inter-hospital transfers. The unit will include clinical skills laboratory and simulation scenarios to develop essential communication, assessment clinical problem solving, decision-making and management skills.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Portfolio (60%)
Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) (Pass / Fail)
The examination and OSCE must be be passed (Hurdle) to successfully complete this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andrew Hart |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit covers commonly encountered toxicological and environmental emergencies across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide effective out-of-hospital care for patients experiencing health emergencies related to toxicological or environmental exposure.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Mid-semester test (40 minutes) (20%)
Clinical portfolio (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (50%)
Case simulation (30 minutes) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Gayle McLelland |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by developing knowledge and skills needed to care for birthing women and neonates in the community. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
maternal and neonatal health care needs.
3 x online quizzes (10% each): 30% total
Assignment (1500 - 2000 words): 35%
Written examination (2 hours): 35%
Compulsory attendance at simulation x 4: hurdle
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation and clinical laboratories.
Emergency health, Emergency health - paramedic practice
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or
Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Jennings |
Students will undertake a guided advanced studies program on the development of research in CBEH and in an aspect of CBEH of interest to the student. The unit aims to develop analytical abilities, communication skills, and advanced knowledge in a specific area of CBEH. Students will undertake a self-assessment to identify a topic of interest in CBEH that they will study at an advanced level. A negotiated learning contact will describe the advanced study which may include attendance at lectures, tutorials or courses in areas relevant to the discipline; preparation of an essay; critical evaluation of a published paper, case study or research data.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Negotiated skills development (10%)
Literature review (3,500 words) (70%)
Seminar presentation (20%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Jennings |
Together with BEH4300 Community Emergency Health Research Project, this unit aims to increase student understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research in community-based emergency health and to develop their analytic, research and communication skills. Students will undertake guided studies in research methodology and complete a supervised research project with the aim of developing both discipline specific and generic research skills.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Ethics application (40%)
Research proposal (2,500 words) (40%)
Seminar presentation (20%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Jennings |
This unit aims to increase student understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research in community-based emergency health and to develop their analytic, research and communication skills. Students will undertake guided studies in research methodology and complete a supervised research project with the aim of developing both discipline specific and generic research skills
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Research report (3,500 - 5,000 words) (80%)
Seminar presentation (20%)
Must be enrolled in course 3881
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wayne Sturrock (Peninsula) |
This unit is the first in a sequence of two biomedical science units that provides foundation knowledge of human anatomy and physiology relevant to the allied health professions of ambulance and paramedic studies, nursing, midwifery and occupational therapy. In this unit you will learn about the biological basis of human health and the working of human body.
The unit introduces students to the scientific methods of thought; it encourages the critical evaluation of evidence, and promotes an awareness of the changing nature of medical knowledge. The major themes of study are the structural levels of body organisation, communication via the nervous and endocrine systems, the reproductive system and early stages of human development. Topics include the chemical and cellular basis of human life; integration of body functions and homeostasis; the structure and function of the integumentary system; the structure and function of the nervous and the effect of drugs on this system; the endocrine system; the reproductive system; and the major changes in embryonic development in early pregnancy.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online tests (10%)
Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
Laboratory test (30%)
Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Hurdle: Attendance at 100% of tutorials and laboratory sessions.
3 hours of lectures, 1 hour tutorial and 2 hours practical or online work per week. An additional 6 hours of private study is recommended.
Must be enrolled in course code 0727or 2552 or 3445 or 3562 or 3869 or 3892 or 3953 or 3963 or 4506 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elise Randle-Barrett (Peninsula) |
This unit is the second in a sequence of two health science units that provides foundation knowledge of human anatomy and physiology relevant to the allied health professions of occupational therapy, ambulance and paramedic studies. The unit develops further the critical evaluation of evidence and an awareness of the changing nature of knowledge in the health sciences. The major themes in this unit of study are; body support and movement, and cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology, the respiratory system, the urinary system and the control of body fluids; the digestive system and the processing of nutrients in the body; the lymphoid system and immunity, and microbes and infection.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online assessment (10%)
Assignment (15%)
Practical test (30%)
Examination (2 hours) (45%)
3 hours of lectures, 1 hour of tutorial and 2 hours practical or online work per week. An additional 6 hours per week of private study is recommended.
Must be enrolled in course code 3445, 3869
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrew Davies (Berwick), Dr Wayne Sturrock (Clayton), Mrs Janee Hoch (Gippsland), Dr Natalie Bennett (Peninsula) |
This unit is the second in a sequence of two health science units that provides foundation knowledge of human anatomy and physiology relevant to the allied health professions of nursing and midwifery. The unit develops further the critical evaluation of evidence and an awareness of the changing nature of knowledge in the health sciences. The major themes in this unit of study are; body support and movement, and cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology, the respiratory system, the urinary system and the control of body fluids; the digestive system and the processing of nutrients in the body; the lymphoid/immune system, and microbes and infection.
On completion of this unit, you should be able to:
Online assessment (10%)
Assignment (15%)
Practical test (30%)
Examination (2 hours) (45%)
3 hours of lectures, 1 hour of tutorial and 2 hours practical or online work per week. An additional 6 hours per week of private study is recommended.
Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 2552 or 3562 or 3892 or 3953 or 3963 or 4506 or 4514.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrew Davies |
Processes of disease will be presented in the form of case studies, in which an analysis of the disease process will lead to an understanding of the presentation, and opportunities for management, of that disease. The major areas of study are: Disease at the cellular level, Cardiovascular disease, Respiratory disease, Cerebrovascular disease, Neoplastic disease, Renal disease, Disorders of the digestive tract, Liver disease, Endocrine disease, Genetic disease, and Bone and joint disorders.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2 hours): 60%
Online tests - 5% each (2): 10%
Laboratory/Tutorial work (5): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 60%; Online tests (3): 15%; Laboratory work (3): 25%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrew Davies |
The unit involves a study of common communicable diseases with a focus on the prevention and management of infections encountered in a diversity of health care settings. Laboratory-based case studies are used to study hospital-acquired and community-acquired infections including wound infections, common infections in the oncology, transplant and maternity wards, vaccine-preventable infections in children, outbreaks of community-acquired infections, communicable infections in indigenous populations and in developing countries. Various public health control measures including disease surveillance, immunisation, antimicrobial therapies, and infection control practices are discussed.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written exam (2 hours): 50%
MCQ tests (2 in class):10% each - total 20%
Written case report: 30%.
4 hours on campus, 1 hour online.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Ackland |
This unit examines how health systems are organised, how health services are delivered, and the broader context in which disease and illness occur. It considers the Australian health care system in detail and the global context of health systems and health inequalities. It explores two areas: health policy and service delivery systems; and illness and health in the context of social, cultural and behavioural systems. Areas covered include: health systems, health policy, health funding, quality in health systems, models of health, population health, health and human rights.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will:
Group class presentation (20 minutes) (25%)
Tutorial participation (15%)
Essay (30%)
Written exam (30%)
6 hours of contact time (2 hour lecture, 2 hours interactive classes and 2 hours tutorial preparation time).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Megan Wallace and Dr Tim Moss |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
Provides an overview of physiological processes involved in fetal and neonatal development, and the role of the placenta in pregnancy and parturition. The unit will consider the structure, development and maturation of the major organ systems in the fetus, and the means by which the fetus is able to adapt to alterations in its environment. The unit reviews the physiology of parturition (birth), the physiological changes in the fetus during the transition at birth, and the consequences of prematurity and postmaturity. The major physiological changes occurring in the mother during pregnancy are also dealt with.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Semester-long experimental research project (20%)
Weekly research activity reports (30%)
End of semester theory exam (50%)
5 hours per week.
2 hours of lectures and 3 hours each week attending actual medical research experiments that address current clinical problems in fetal and neonatal healthcare.
PHY3082
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Janet Macaulay |
This unit introduces the student to the chemistry of organic molecules and the biochemistry of cells. We examine the role of functional groups in biological molecules of biomedical importance and common reactions in metabolism. We reinforce concepts of ionisation and pH. We discuss the chemistry of proteins and their physical properties in solution leading up to an examination of enzyme catalysis and kinetics. This lays the foundation for an examination of the biological oxidation of fats and carbohydrates that provides the cell with energy. We examine the way energy is stored in times of plenty and relate our understanding to normal and disease states that occur.
On successful completion of this unit students will:
End of semester exam (60%)
Assessment during semester which can include small group session marks, self-directed learning exercises and on-line quizzes (25%) (online quizzes are less than 10%)
Mid-semester test (15%)
A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit.
3 lectures and a 3-hour small group session or computer based or self-directed learning per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Chantal Hoppe |
The chemical constituents of living cells and biological reactions. Cell structure and function. Animal diversity and evolution. Functional systems. The relevance of the microbial world in biomedical science. Tools for studying cells including histology, different types of microscopy, tissue culture and specialised cell staining techniques.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
On completion of this unit, students will have skills enabling them to:
Essay (1,000 words) (15%)
Practial class reports (25%)
Mid-semester summative test (1 hour) (10%)
Final exam (3 hours) (50%)
A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit
3 lectures and a 3-hour practical or equivalent per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Kristian Helmerson and Professor Helena Parkington |
The behaviour of human and biomedical systems are understood in terms of underlying physical principles. Forces involved in human movement and body systems including muscles and joints. Energy and heat flow and metabolism, pressure, osmosis, diffusion and respiration, fluid flow in the cardiovascular system. Electrical charges, current, potential and capacitance in simple circuits, EEG, ECG, cells and nerve conduction. Sound and ultrasound, human hearing, refraction and lenses, the human eye, optical and electron microscopes. X-rays and radiation, biological effects and damage, radiation therapy and medical imaging.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will understand and be able to apply concepts of physics and introductory physiology as they relate to biomedical sciences in the following areas:
Students will develop basic practical skills in problem solving, experimental methods and uncertainties, analysis of data and written scientific communication.
Written examination (3 hours) (60%)
Practical work (20%)
Assignments (3 items consisting of set questions and a fact sheet A4 poster) (20%)
A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit.
3 lectures and 3 hours laboratory and problem solving per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Basia Diug |
Applications of epidemiological and statistical concepts and methods to typical problems in population health and in the biomedical literature. This will include consideration of fundamental ethical issues pertaining to the conduct of biomedical research and population health interventions. Much emphasis is placed on a population view of health and disease, social determinants of health, epidemiological principles, research study design and statistical analyses of data.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written examination (3 hours) (50%)
Mid semester MCQ test (10%)
Assignments (30%)
Oral presentations (10%)
A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit
Biostatistics 3 hours per week, Epidemiology/Ethics 3 Hours per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nicholas Price (Physiology) |
Introductory course on the human nervous system. Components and organization of the nervous system. Methods of studying the human brain. Neural communication and integration. Principles of sensory perception. How movement is initiated and controlled. Autonomic control of bodily functions. Learning and memory. High order functions such as consciousness, sleep and language. Practical classes involve observations on nervous system function and correlation classes deal with some common examples of nervous system dysfunction.
This unit consists of an introduction to human nervous system which ranges in scope from the operations of individual nerve cells at the molecular level to the generation of complex cognitive behaviours. The unit will provide students with an essential overview of the human nervous system and it will also serve as a foundation for more specialised studies in neurobiology or cognitive science.
On successful completion of the unit, students will:
Theory examination (60%) (20% in semester assessment, 40% end of semester 3 hour examination)
Practical work (4 worksheets and quizzes) (40%)
A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mark Prescott |
Gene structure and function, including the genetic code and its interpretation, the assembly of genes and chromosomal organisation, and the basics of the genetic flow of information from DNA to RNA to protein. Mechanisms of gene expression and regulation, gene replication and repair, and the causes and implications of genetic mutations. Molecular genetics and recombinant DNA technology for the manipulation of genes. Genomics and its applications in medicine and principles of gene therapy.
On completion of this unit students will:
Theory examination (3 hours) (60%)
Practical course (30%)
Mid semester MCQ test (1 hour) (10%)
A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit.
3 lectures per week and 3 hours laboratory per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Colin McHenry and Prof Paul McMenamin |
This course is an introduction to human anatomy. It includes an overview of general principles of major body systems. This will be followed by a consideration of specific areas of regional anatomy from an evolutionary perspective. Namely, what distinguishes the human body from other primates, mammals and indeed vertebrates and how have these adaptations of anatomy contributed in a functional context to us being so successful. Practical classes will involve exposure to human cadaver prosections, skeletal material, models and a range of imaging modalities including X-rays, CT scans etc.
After completion of this unit students will be able to:
In semester assessment:
In-semester tests (30%)
Group research project and presentation (15%)
Log book (for recording learning in practical classes) (25%)
End-of semester exam (2 hours) (30%)
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alfons Lawen (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) |
This unit covers the biochemical principles of cellular metabolic regulation, metabolic interrelationship of tissues, biochemical events associated with the fed and fasted states, the generation of metabolic energy by oxidation of macronutrients. It discusses hormone action and the biochemical basis of diseases and gives an overview of tissue metabolism. It covers the biochemical mechanism of cell growth, differentiation and death. It gives an introduction to molecular medicine based on the specialised tissue metabolism of blood and brain cells.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
End-of-year-exam (short answer questions only) (55%)
Continuous small group teaching and learning session performance (30%)
Online quizzes (15%)
3 lectures per week and 3 hours practical or equivalent.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience
BCH2022, BND2021
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julia Choate |
How the body maintains a constant environment for its cells and tissues through the integrated functions of the cardiovascular, renal, respiratory, gastrointestinal and neuroendocrine systems. Adaptation to changes in the external environment and to disease states will be addressed. The unit will be presented through involvement of students in lectures, practical classes, and assignments.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Examination (50%)
Assignment (20%)
Reports and tests (30%)
3 lectures per week and 3 hours practical or equivalent.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Coral Warr |
This unit introduces the basic genetic principles underlying modern human genetics. Topics include the identification, characterisation and mapping of human genes; the value of model organisms; the significance of the Human Genome Project; how genes function and how genetic malfunction can lead to genetic disease; how an understanding of such diseases at the molecular level may assist in diagnosis, prevention and therapy; the roles of gene regulation and mutation in cancer; genetic counselling and ways of calculating risk of recurrence of a genetic disease; ethical issues relevant to human genetics. Practicals include an introduction to molecular and cytogenetic techniques.
This unit will provide students with an understanding of human genetics as it relates to both biomedical research and clinical practice. On completion students will:
Students will have the background to undertake more advanced studies in genetics at third year level.
Examination (3 hours) (50%)
Practical work (practical reports, mid-semester test, small group presentations) (40%)
Individual project (10 pages) (10%)
3 lectures and 3 hours practical (or equivalent) per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Bachelor of Biotechnology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mohamed Mohideen & Dr Priscilla Johanesen |
The following aspects of the interactions of microbes with their hosts will be presented in lectures, tutorials, discussion groups and videos: The history of infectious diseases, medically important viruses and bacteria, pathogenic mechanisms in infectious diseases, immunity to infection, and their regulation, control of infection by vaccines and drugs, and emerging diseases.
The aim of this unit is to introduce students to microorganisms, their importance in the environment, their importance in human health and disease, and the methods used to study them in the laboratory and in their human hosts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained an understanding of:
On successful completion of this unit, students will have skills in:
Written theory examination (50%)
Practical examination (25%)
Laboratory reports and quizzes (20%)
Laboratory practical skills (5%)
3 lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class or tutorial/discussion session per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jackie Wilce |
Bioinformatics unites the major advances in biology, biochemistry and the biomedical sciences with those in computing, bioinformatics and networking. The unit covers the application of the internet to biomedical sciences; organisation and uses of scientific databases; use of computational methods in genomics and proteomics; fundamentals of molecular modelling; analysis and presentation of biomedical data; and communication of biomedical data using information technology.
This unit is an introduction to the principles of bioinformatics and the pivotal role that informatics plays in the biomedical sciences. On completion of the unit the students will have a basic understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of information technology and its wider application to the medical sciences. The students will develop an understanding of the principles of database searching, using search engines, sequence alignments, molecular phylogeny, molecular modelling, protein structure and analysis and medical imaging. The student will also develop their communication and presentation skills and understand the involvement of information technology in the biomedical sciences.
Written examinations (50%) made up of
Revision quiz (3%)
Mid-semester test (12%)
Final exam (35%) (Hurdle)
Projects and assignments (50%)
2 Lectures per week, 1 three hour practical session per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Robert Pike |
This unit will provide an introduction into the molecular mechanisms that mediate human diseases and the specific biotechnologies used to facilitate diagnosis and treatment. The disease mechanisms mediated by genetic disorders resulting in abnormalities in protein folding, protein trafficking and gain or loss of protein function will be presented. State of the art developments in molecular medicine including transgenic models of human disease, gene therapy, and recent developments in transplantation will be highlighted. Specific biotechnologies to be discussed include structure-based drug design, production of recombinant proteins, vaccine technology and research commercialization.
Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Mid semester examination (50 minutes) (10%)
Final Examination (3 hours) (54%)
Small group activity modules (36%)
3 lectures per week and 3 hours small group activities per week.
BMS2042 and one of BCH2022 or BMS2021
(Note for Biotechnology students: Students only need to pass BCH2022)
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Bachelor of Biotechnology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Richard Kitching |
This unit will concentrate on the pathobiological and biomedical basis of important human disease processes. Areas examined in this unit include immune and inflammatory diseases, (eg inflammatory renal and joint disease); cancer biology (focussing on mechanisms of tumour spread and tumour immunology); cardiovascular biology, (coronary artery disease); and human reproduction. Disease pathogenesis, including lessons gained from cell/molecular biology and disease models will be the major focus. To provide context and breadth other aspects of disease will be covered with varying emphasis, including epidemiological/clinical features of disease, current treatments and future treatment prospects.
On completion of this unit student will be able to:
Examination (3 hours) (54%)
Mid-semester test (10%)
Satisfactory attendance and participation in seminars (2%)
Group seminar (individual component) (11%)
Group written assignment (11%)
Research experience, including editorial writing (12%)
6 hours per week plus 6 hours private study per week.
Must be enrolled in one of the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yvonne Hodgson |
This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a substantial research project in the Biomedical Sciences. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from any of the Departments in the School of Biomedical Sciences. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate the following skills and attributes:
Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%) (20%)
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%) (60%) Assessment of laboratory work (20%)
18-36 hours per week of laboratory work and private study.
24 credit points at level 2 in the Biomedical science area.
For Monash students, those enrolled in the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yvonne Hodgson |
This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in the Biomedical Sciences. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from any of the Departments in the School of Biomedical Sciences. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate the following skills and attributes:
Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%) (20%)
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%) (60%) Assessment of laboratory work (20%)
12 - 24 hours per week of laboratory work and private study.
24 credit points at level 2 in the BioMedical science area.
For Monash students, those enrolled in the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Engineering
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Laws
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Science
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Economics
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Commerce
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Robert Widdop |
Students undertake a supervised research project involving research of a publishable standard which forms the basis of a thesis presented at the end of the year. As part of the unit students present seminars on their research, and are trained in advanced scientific techniques. Students take part in an oral review of the thesis report. Candidates may commence the Honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester.
On completion of the Honours year of the Bachelor of Biomedical Science, students will:
Literature review (10%)
Seminars (10%)
Research report (80%)
A distinction level average in 24 credit points at third year level, including at least 12 points in 3rd year BMS units
BMS4200. Must be enrolled in course 3418.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Robert Widdop |
The unit aims to develop analytical abilities and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Biomedical Science. Students will undertake a module of statistics relevant to scientific hypothesis testing and provide a written critique of a scientific article. Students will also undertake a component of work within their selected discipline that is unrelated to their specific research component and involves some level of advanced theoretical training. Candidates may commence at the beginning of either first or second semester.
On completion of the Honours year of the Bachelor of Biomedical Science, students will be able to:
Statistical test (30%)
Written critique (30%)
Discipline specific component (40%)
A distinction level average in 24 points at third year level, including at least 12 points in 3rd year BMS units
BMS4100 and must be enrolled in course 3418.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Janeane Dart |
In this unit, students' transition into the tertiary setting will be supported and the roles, responsibilities and expectations of students as healthcare profession students will be outlined. They will be engaged via adult learning teaching and learning principles in this unit as they begin to develop their professional identity. This unit will commence students on the pathway to becoming experts in food (knowledge and application) and culturally competent, self aware healthcare professionals.
Food and culture will provide the core content for students to apply, integrate and develop/extend personal and professional attributes and competencies, communication and interpersonal skills. Enhanced cultural awareness for students will be a key outcome of this unit and this will be contextualized as students learn about food/food ingredients, eating patterns, why we eat what we eat and the Australian food supply system. Interprofessional learning opportunities with other healthcare profession students will help strengthen the learning in this unit. Students will be introduced to reflective practice and commence a professional portfolio.
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignments (50%)
Professional portfolio (50%) (Hurdle)
24 hours per week including contact hours and private study.
BND1101 and must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or Bachelor of Nutrition Science.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
This unit will introduce students to epidemiology and biostatistics as the core of population health and nutrition research and practice. This will include consideration of basic statistics, study design, quantitative and qualitative methods of inquiry and ethical issues related to research and population health interventions. Emphasis is placed on a population view of health, nutrition and disease and the social determinants of health and the application of epidemiology and statistics in assessment of disease in population and the effects of nutrition interventions. An introduction to the concepts and approaches to working in population health and nutrition will also be explored
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignments (60%)
Exam (40%) (Hurdle)
8 hours contact per week plus 16 hours self directed study.
BND1102 and must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or Bachelor of Nutrition Science.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Andrea Bryce |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
This unit focuses on basic concepts in human nutrition. It will describe the role and function of macro and micronutrients essential for human health, their history of discovery, and relevance for the health of populations and individuals. The unit will include the clinical signs and symptoms of specific nutrient deficiency and excess, nutrient interactions and their significance, recommended dietary intakes and global epidemiology. It will cover methods used to assess food intake and data analysis by the use of food composition tables, patterns of restricted eating, diet myths and misconceptions and population specific nutritional issues.
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Online quiz assessment (10%)
End of semester examination (3 hours) (50%)
Assignments (40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elizabeth Barber |
This unit focuses on developing students' fundamental scientific knowledge as the basis for dietetics practice and nutrition science. This unit takes a scientific approach to growth and development of the human body incorporating biochemistry, genetics and physiology with an emphasis on a case based learning approach to knowledge application. Student centered teaching and learning methods will be used to support the delivery of the unit content. Students' participation as adult learners will be encouraged through the curricula with emphasis on the development of basic scientific communication skills.
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignments (40%)
Exams (60%) (Hurdle)
11 hours contact per week plus 13 hours self directed study
3 x 2 hours lectures, 1 x 2 hours tutorial and 1 x 3 hours practical
BND1001 and must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or Bachelor of Nutrition Science.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Aimee Dordevic |
The unit will introduce food and nutrition science particularly the chemistry and nutritional importance of food components in their raw and cooked state and their relevance to the nutrition of healthy individuals. It will review cooking skills and food knowledge required for purchase and preparation of healthy inexpensive meals in a kitchen. Methods for the collection and nutritional analysis of food intake data will be examined. Teaching will be based on interactive lectures with explicit learning objectives. These will be supplemented by tutorials and contextualised case-based learning to support student learning and by kitchen practical sessions for the acquisition of basic skills in food selection, preparation, storage and cooking.
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assessment in this unit will be both formative and summative.
Summative assessment:
50% Assignments
50% Final Exam (Hurdle)
11 hours contact per week plus 13 hours self directed study
3 x 2hr lectures, 1 x 2hr tutorial and 1 x 3hr practical
BND1002 and Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or Bachelor of Nutrition Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Evelyn Volders |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
This unit focuses on health behaviours, growth and development, physical activity and nutritional requirements for groups across the lifespan from infancy to old age. It will focus on normal nutrition, physiology, physical activity and growth and development for lifespan groups and vulnerable groups. The unit will draw on principles from psychology that will allow students to understand how health beliefs, illness and other factors impact on actions. Concepts of health education and promotion will enhance students' knowledge and ability to communicate nutrition messages effectively to groups. The unit will incorporate elements of personal and professional development such as cultural competency, social justice, translation of technical information into practical advice about food and eating, communication skills, reflection and teamwork.
This unit will focus on Theme 3 (Nutrition fundamentals in Health and Disease) and Theme 2 (Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition) and Theme 2 objectives but will also include aspects of Theme 1 (Personal development and professional practice) and Theme 4 (Food: from Science to Systems) with an integrated assessment task and Theme 4 (From Science to System.
Site visits to care settings such as child care and/or aged care will enhance the learning experience and provide an applied real life context to theory.
On completion of this unit, a student will be able to:
Students will be expected to complete a child care and an aged care centre visit to fulfil the requirements for this unit .
Exam (Hurdle) (40%)
Menu planning for groups (20%)
Group education assignment and presentations (25%)
Professional portfolio development (15%)
4 x 2 hours per week lectures/tutorials on campus
2 x 2 hours practical sessions/ tutorials on campus
12 hours self study and assessment related work are recommended per week in addition
Students must be enrolled in 3404 or 3956.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
This unit will focus on developing students as researchers. It builds on knowledge and skills developed in Year 1 on the role of evidence in nutrition science, statistics, epidemiology and research methods.It will embrace the concepts and application of systematic literature review and quantitative and qualitative data related to nutrition. Students will be supported to apply and practice these research skills in a safe classroom environment and via hypothetical models while applying real and relevant data collection and analysis tools to current, pertinent and important research questions in nutrition. The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 3: Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease.
At the completion of this unit students will be able to:
Group Literature Review (50%)
Individual Scientific Report (50%)
Assessment Task (Hurdle)
In this unit, it is a requirement that students must pass all assessment tasks in order to successfully complete this unit.
3 hours contact per week lectures/tutorials/teaching sessions on campus
9 hours self study and assessment related work
3956 Bachelor of Nutrition Science or
3404 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Maxine Bonham |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
This unit provides a strong foundation in supporting students to become experts in the area of food - from the cellular scientific makeup and composition to food microbiology, food regulations and standards coupled with skill based acquisition, exploring the diversity of food and eating practices with an application to nutrition and dietetic practice. Theme 4 (Food from Science to Systems) is the key theme explored in this unit with integration from Theme 1 (Personal Development and Professional Practice) as students extend their skills in cultural competency and communication and the scientific underpinnings from Theme 3 (Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease). In this unit, students will acquire food preparation skills; become familiar with Australia's diverse foods and modify recipes and menus to meet specific nutritional goals. They will also compare food service settings providing food for the general population and to outline the training and skills required for food service staff. Students will gain an appreciation of micro-organisms and the important role they play in food production and in food-borne disease; becoming proficient in risk assessment and safe food handling practices. They will discuss the regulatory system set up in Australia to control food safety, food labelling and food content and gain experience in evaluating the role of science and politics within the regulatory decision-making process.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Food portfolio (30%)
Assignments (30%)
Exams (40%) (Hurdle)
Hurdle: End of semester exam- MCQ, short answer and essay-style questions
24 hours/week including contact hours and private study.
3 x 2 hours lectures/week; one 2 hours practical class or demonstration per week; one 4 hours practical class per week.
3404 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or 3956 Bachelor of Nutrition Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Maxine Bonham and Dr Julia Choate |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
This unit will focus on developing students' fundamental scientific knowledge in the areas of biochemistry, physiology, anatomy and immunology as the basis for nutrition and dietetics practice. The areas of pharmacology and genetics will be included as the role of nutrition in these sciences is increasingly emphasised. The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 3: Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 4: Food from Science to systems. This unit will take a scientific approach to understanding the anatomy and physiology of the human body in growth and development and the impact of dietary input on cellular and metabolic processes whilst recognising the neuroendocrine control of nutrients within the body and the role of essential micronutrients in immune function. Teaching will focus on a case based learning approach to knowledge application.
On completion of this unit, a student will be able to:
Practical reports including anthropometrical (body composition) assessment (20%)
Case studies (10%)
Structured essay (3,000 words) (10%)
Mid-semester exam (10%)
2 x End of semester exams (50%) (25% per exam)
Examinations are a hurdle requirement.
6 x 2 hours per week lectures/tutorials on campus.
1 x 3 hours practical on campus.
21 hours self study and assessment related work.
Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics (3404) and Bachelor of Nutrition Science (3956) only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
This unit will review the concepts and approaches of population health in the context of nutrition. The content will explore current public health nutrition practice issues related to priority issues such as obesity, food security and the food supply. A systems based, health promotion framework to addressing priority nutrition issues will be discussed and current public health nutrition practice will be evaluated. Students will explore the political foundations of public health policy in Australia including the impact of public health policies and will develop skills in policy analysis and public health advocacy. This unit will provide students with the foundations knowledge in preparation for the development of skills of the practice of public health nutrition. The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 2: Determinants and influences on population health and nutrition coupled with partial integration of content from Theme 4: Food: from science to systems.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Mid-semester test (20%)
Policy analysis assignment (group) (40%)
Advocacy discussion paper (individual) (20%) with class debate (ungraded)
Local food systems map (individual) (20%)
Week 1 - 4 x 6 hours workshops,
Weeks 2 to 9 - 3 hours per week (interactive classes and tutorials) ^ hours self-directed study.
BND1002 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
This unit is predominantly a fieldwork experience that will challenge students to integrate their academic training and to synthesise knowledge into a practical public health nutrition project based in a community setting. The unit requires students to manage a project that addresses a public health nutrition issue. Students will participate in program planning within a work environment and provide tangible benefit to their participating organisation. Students will be responsible for designing a project, collection and analysis of data and synthesis of findings into a report. Principles of information evaluation, workload management, communication, teamwork and responsibility for project management will also be developed.
The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems.
30 hours per week for 7 weeks plus an additional 2 days site/project orientation.
Project proposal (20%) (group)
Project report (40% which includes 10% worth of Individual Peer Assessment) (group)
Poster presentation (10%) (individual)
Objective structured oral exam (hurdle task) (30%)
Portfolio (hurdle) (ungraded)
30 hours practicum per week for 9 weeks
BND1002 Evaluating the Evidence: Nutrition and Population Health
BND and BNutSc students only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Janeane Dart |
This unit uses chronic disease as the foundation and basis for dietetic students to develop and extend their core dietetic practice skills and build on what they have learnt in BND3XXX
Students are able to apply their skills within the academic setting in a case based learning approach and via experience in the healthcare setting which includes a 9 day individual case management placement. Students will also extend their foundation skills in evaluating evidence and applied research methods applying to nutrition and dietetic practice.
The key themes explored in this unit are: Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice, Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students are required to complete an Individual Case Management placement experience to successfully fulfil the requirements for this unit. The placement is for a total of 9 days (3 days/week for 3 weeks in Weeks 10-12) at the same placement partner network the student has been orientated to in BND3001 in Weeks 1-6 of semester.
Assignments (35%)
Exam (3 hours) (35%)
Evidence Based Cases (1 formative, 2 summative) (30%)
This unit will run over Weeks 7-12 of semester with an average of 48 hours per week allocated including contact and private study hours. The majority of time allocated will be contact hours/placement hours with remaining time for private study.
A student must have passed a minimum of 96 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Convenors.
A student must successfully complete BND3001 in order to commence with BND3101.
BND3102
BND students only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Janeane Dart |
This unit uses chronic disease as the foundation and basis for dietetic students to develop their core dietetic practice assessment skills whilst learning and applying core knowledge of chronic disease related to nutrition and dietetic practice. There is an emphasis and focus on person centred care and simulation provides a key platform for learning in this unit. A formative and summative Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) sits within this unit to assess students readiness for placement. Students are introduced to the healthcare system and a range of health care settings via a one day/week placement for part of the semester. Food service competencies (Operating Systems and Menu standards) are introduced and integrated practical experiences in the healthcare environment supports learning across this domain.
The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice, Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students will undertake an embedded placement experience within a healthcare setting of one of the key placement providers for Monash University Department of Nutrition and Dietetics. This will be a total of 6 days in Weeks 1-6 of the semester, which includes 3 days specifically related to food service experience. The aim of this embedded placement is to orientate and familiarise students to the healthcare environment including medical history documentation, following patient journeys, observing healthcare teams, practice linked to chronic disease and food service operating systems.
Summative OSCE (25%)
Written exam (35%)
Assignments (40%)
This unit will run over Weeks 1-6 of semester with an average of 48 hours per week allocated including contact and private study hours. The majority of time allocated will be contact hours with remaining time for private study.
A student must have passed a minimum of 96 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Convenors.
BND3101 Evidence Based Case Management
BND students only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Judi Porter |
This unit has a quota and selection process: please contact the Faculty.
This unit is focussed on extending students' food composition, food therapeutic and food systems knowledge to support dietetic practice with integration and application in the practical and placement setting. There is extension of students' research and problem solving skills in managing placement based food service challenges. Students' personal and professional competencies are further developed. This unit supports fulfilment of prescribed competencies as outlined by the Dieticians Association of Australia.
The teaching and learning strategies will encompass lectures, group teaching, tutorials, practical sessions, self-directed learning and a placement based project.
The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems and Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Project report (2,500 words) (group) (35%)
Oral presentation (10 minutes) (group) (10%)
Food therapeutic manual (2,000 words) (25%)
Training module for food service/health care staff (oral presentation) (15 minutes) (15%)
Placement portfolio including guided reflection (1,500 words) (15%)
This unit will run over Weeks 1-12 of semester with an average of 12 hours per week allocated including contact and private study hours. There is no exam for this unit. This includes placement in a food service setting.
A student must have passed a minimum of 120 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Convenors.
BND3302 Dietetic Practice 1
BND students only
BND students only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Janeane Dart |
This unit has a quota and selection process: please contact the Faculty.
This unit uses a range of clinical conditions and diseases as the foundation and basis for dietetic students to:
There is an emphasis and focus on person centred care and using simulation and case based learning to provide a key platform for learning in this unit. Preparing students for individual case management clinical placement is a key focus of this unit.
Broader issues regarding healthcare systems and healthcare provision, management, ethics in healthcare and quality improvement are covered in this unit. Students' professional competencies are further developed and this unit supports fulfilment of prescribed competencies as outlined by the Dieticians Association of Australia.
The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Exam (hurdle) (1 hour MCQ/EMQ mid semester exam and 3 hour exam) (35%)
Case based portfolio (including guided reflection) (individual) (6,000 words) (35%)
Evidence based education resource ( 2 x double sided A4 equivalents) (10%)
Poster presentation (7 minutes) (10%)
Self-developed placement resource (10%)
Professional Behaviour Appraisal Form (Hurdle)
This unit will run predominantly over Weeks 1-9 of semester with an average of 24 hours per week allocated including contact and private study hours.
A student must have passed a minimum of 120 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Convenors.
BND3202 Food for Dietetic Practice
BND students only
BND students only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Simone Gibson |
The knowledge areas of the medical treatment domains of clinical dietetics as required by the Dietitians Association of Australia will be taught and practised under supervision in the healthcare setting for acute and chronic conditions.
The practical experience of nutrition assessment, including anthropometric, biochemical, clinical, dietary, appetite and gastrointestinal function will be placed in the context of underlying medical conditions, and a nutrition care plan formulated, implemented and evaluated for outcomes.
The acute and ambulatory aspects of nutrition care will be studied, and the aspects of team management (nursing, allied health, medicine, social work) are placed in context with the development of communication skills. The student spends most time in the clinical placement setting with clinical education support and supervision. Case based learning will be used in class, co-morbidities examined for prioritisation of nutrition interventions in a problem solving context, and the student incrementally takes more responsibility over the semester for patient care including charting in the medical histories, co-signed by the supervisor.
The domains covered in this unit will be the management and dietetic treatment of gastrointestinal and pancreatic disease, liver disease, oncology, renal disease, pulmonary disease, allergy; neurosciences, nutrition support methodologies, intensive care nutrition, surgery, trauma, burns, infectious diseases and acute paediatrics.
The knowledge areas of the medical treatment domains of clinical dietetics as required by the Dietitians Association of Australia will be taught and practised under supervision in the healthcare setting for acute and chronic conditions.
The practical experience of nutrition assessment, including anthropometric, biochemical, clinical, dietary, appetite and gastrointestinal function will be placed in the context of underlying medical conditions, and a nutrition care plan formulated, implemented and evaluated for outcomes.
The acute and ambulatory aspects of nutrition care will be studied, and the aspects of team management (nursing, allied health, medicine, social work) are placed in context with the development of communication skills. The student spends most time in the clinical placement setting with clinical education support and supervision. Case based learning will be used in class, co-morbidities examined for prioritisation of nutrition interventions in a problem solving context, and the student incrementally takes more responsibility over the semester for patient care including charting in the medical histories, co-signed by the supervisor.
The domains covered in this unit will be the management and dietetic treatment of gastrointestinal and pancreatic disease, liver disease, oncology, renal disease, pulmonary disease, allergy; neurosciences, nutrition support methodologies, intensive care nutrition, surgery, trauma, burns, infectious diseases and acute paediatrics.
Objectives
At the completion of the unit the students will be able to:
Examination (3 hours) (40%)
Major case study (35%)
Assignments (10%)
Professional competency assessment of skills and competencies observed on clinical placement (Ungraded Pass)
Clinical portfolio (including reflective and experiential learning) (15%)
Students must pass the examination, and the clinical placement competencies in order to achieve a pass in this unit.
Completion of Year 3 of the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or its equivalent
BND4021 and must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Judi Porter |
This units focuses on the role and management of food service systems, and uses the food service setting as a context for a study of general management principles. The student will gain an understanding of food service systems, and the provision of food services in institutional settings, including purchase of contracted services. The relationship between clinical dietetics and food services, and meeting client needs will be considered. Topics will include human resource management, institutional food and nutritional policy, menu design and assessment, regulatory and accreditation requirements, industrial relations, recruitment and staff management, budgeting and quality management.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Assignments (75%)
E-learning activities (25%)
An overall pass mark in the practice placement assignment, is required to pass the unit.
Completion of Years 1, 2 and 3 of the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or its equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Evelyn Volders |
This unit encourages students to discuss and explore personal and professional issues in contemporary dietetic practice. It aims to draw together theoretical foundations of nutrition and dietetics and practical experiences and extend students in entry level competent practice. The unit will challenge students to think critically about their own practice and placement experiences. It will also support them to evaluate and integrate knowledge, skills and attitudes in preparation for entry into the workforce.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Debate (20%)
Personal and Professional Development Plan including reflection (30%)
Assignments (50%)
Completion of Year 3, and semester one of Year 4 in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
This fieldwork will challenge the student to integrate their academic training and to synthesise knowledge into a practical community or public health nutrition project. The unit requires students to participate in the program planning cycle towards addressing a public health or community nutrition issue for the workplace setting. Students will gain confidence by participating in a work environment and provide tangible benefit to their participating setting. Students will gain entry level knowledge in all areas of nutrition and dietetic practice. Principles of information evaluation, workload management, communication, teamwork and responsibility for project management will be developed.
By the end of this unit, students should be able to:
Project proposal (20%)
Project report (40%)
Poster presentation (20%)
Portfolio (20%)
8 weeks full-time (5 days per week) plus 20 hours self directed study.
BND3082 or equivalent
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Helen Truby and Dr Kate Huggins |
A weekly course over 12 weeks on research skills including: study design, use of relevant databases, spreadsheets, statistical analysis software, how to search and summarise the scientific literature, best practice in data presentation, qualitative and quantitative statistical analysis and skills in evidenced based review and critical analysis of scientific writing.
On completion of the unit, students will:
Assessment from BND4111 will contribute to 15% to the final mark for BND3865 Bachelor of Nutrition Honours degree comprising:
Multiple choice quiz (10%)
Critique of a scientific paper (70%) including a hurdle oral presentation
Reflective commentaries on seminars (20%)
Lecture/tutorials: 2 hours per week; assignments and self-directed learning: 8 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Helen Truby and Dr Kate Huggins |
Each student will undertake a research project under the supervision of an approved member of the academic or research staff of Monash University. The choice of project and supervisor will be the responsibility of the student, in consultation with an academic advisor for the Nutrition and Dietetics unit. The research project will constitute the major portion of the students' work and will be conducted over a full year. For the purpose of unitisation, this unit will include the components of literature review and description of methods. Students will present their research proposal in a seminar format.
On completion of the unit, students will:
Assessment from BND4121 will contribute 20% to the final mark for BND3865 Bachelor of Nutrition Honours degree comprising:
Evidenced-based literature review (100%)*
Oral research proposal
Draft methods chapter
*note that full quantitative assessment of this task will be undertaken at the end of Semester 2 in conjunction with Thesis examination.
Research project related work: 36 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Helen Truby and Dr Kate Huggins |
Each student will undertake a research project under the supervision of an approved member of the academic or research staff of Monash University. The choice of project and supervisor will be the responsibility of the student, in consultation with an academic advisor from the Nutrition and Dietetic unit. The research project will constitute the major portion of the students' work and will be conducted over a full year. This unit will include a systematic review, results and discussion of the research project. Students will present their research results in a seminar format.
On completion of the unit, students will:
Assessment from BND4122 will contribute to 65% to the final mark for BND3865 Bachelor of Nutrition Honours comprising:
Written thesis of not more than 20,000 words (100%)
Oral thesis presentation
Research project related work: 42 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joanne Fielding |
This unit will use a case-based approach to cover the fundamental principles of physics, biochemistry and genetics. The material covered will describe the relationship between heritable metabolic/biochemical disturbances and behaviour. It will also introduce the basic concepts of human genetics including modes of inheritance and genetic mutations in the context of describing case studies of heritable/genetically-determined disorders (eg. Down's Syndrome, Friedreich's ataxia, etc.). Students will also be introduced to several generic skills that will be useful throughout their degree (eg. writing Neuropsychological case report) and perhaps also their future careers
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Discussion topic quizzes (12.5%)
Behavioural Neuroscience assignment (15%)
Clinical Neuropsychology assignment (10%)
Biophysics for Neuroscientists short-answer exercise (7.5%)
MCQ exam (55%)
4 contact hours + 8 additional hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Stephen Robinson |
This unit reviews the gross and cellular structure of the brain and higher structures that encapsulate the nervous system. The majority of the course examines the structural and functional organisation of the cerebellum, thalamus, basal ganglia, limbic system, cerebral cortex, vasculature and ventricular systems. Emphasis will be placed on how these various parts of the brain mediate behaviour and the neurological consequences that result from their dysfunction.
At the completion of the unit, students should be able to:
2 x Written theory examinations (mid-semester, end of semester: short answer and/or multiple choice questions, 2-hours) (2 x 25%)
1-hour laboratory spot test (30%)
Weekly tutorial assessment (20%)
6 contact hours + 6 additional hours per week.
BNS2011
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Russell Conduit |
This unit examines how the chemistry of the nervous system influences behaviour, building on prior knowledge of nervous system function. It addresses the nature of neuronal communication and how neurotransmitters interact with receptors to send signals to other brain cells. Emphasis will be placed on the regulation of homeostasis and behaviour by neurochemicals and hormones. The role of glial cells in controlling key metabolic pathways in the brain will also be reviewed. Lastly, this unit will examine how synaptic plasticity and biochemical changes underpin memory formation.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Mid-semester examination (2 hours) (30%)
End-semester examination (2 hours) (30%)
Practical reports (3 reports of 1,000 words) (30%)
Blackboard quiz on research design and ethics (10%)
3 hours lectures
BNS3031, BNS3041
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shantha Rajaratnam |
Following a brief examination of philosophical views of awareness and consciousness, the neurobiological mechanisms that underlie changes in awareness are examined. The modes of action, brain regions targeted and effects on cognition and behaviour of clinical, prescribed and recreational drugs are discussed. They are compared with other altered states of awareness, in particular circadian rhythms and sleep. The notion that awareness results from the integration of cellular activity in the brain and that subtle changes in this pattern of activity can dramatically alter awareness, cognition and behaviour, is emphasised.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Additional objectives involve fostering research and presentation skills that will be useful to graduates of Behavioural Neuroscience. To this end, student at the completion of the course will have:
Mid-semester written theory examination (short answer and/or MCQ, 2 hour) (35%)
End of semester written theory examination (short answer and/or MCQ, 2 hour) (35%)
Short practical report (maximum 500 words) (5%)
Laboratory report (2,000 words) (25%)
5 contact hours
PSY3102
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glenn Melvin |
This unit examines common neurological conditions that result in behavioural dysfunction, and imaging techniques that can assist their diagnosis. The first five weeks examine the applications, limitations and theoretical bases of X-ray imaging, CT, angiography, PET, MRI, FMRI, SPECT, EEG and MEG. The remainder investigates the neurobiological correlates of traumatic brain injury, brain tumours, epilepsies, cerebrovascular disorders, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, multiple sclerosis and Fragile X Tremor Ataxia Syndrome (FXTAS). Emphasis will be placed on the impact of these disorders on behaviour and cognition, their diagnosis and treatment, and on aspects of patient care.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Mid-semester written theory examination (short answer and/or MCQ, 2 hours) (30%)
End of semester written theory examination (MCQ, 2 hours) (40%)
Multi-disciplinary neuroimaging assignment (15%)
Patient case reports (15%)
3 hours of lectures per week (1 x 2 hour; 1 x 1 hour), plus one 2 hour laboratory fortnightly. 6 additional hours per week of study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Clare Anderson |
The aims of the Honours year in behavioural neuroscience are to increase students understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, develop their analytic, research and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of the discipline including laboratory techniques and other research-related skills. The unit is also designed to prepare students for higher degree studies. The relatively high weighting of this unit reflects the intensity of taking on a major research project in this field. In this unit students may undertake one major project or two separate, though typically closely-related, research projects in an area within behavioural neuroscience. The project(s) will provide training in both discipline specific and generic research skills and form the basis of a literature review, research paper(s) and oral poster presentation.
On completion of BNS4100 Behavioural Neuroscience Honours Research Project students will:
Research proposal (1,500 words) (5%)
Literature review (4,000 - 5,000 words) (20%)
Oral poster presentation (10%)
Honours research thesis (8,000-10,000 words) (65%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the thesis to achieve a pass for this unit
42 hours/week on their research project. Six 2-3 hour seminars/workshops.
BNS4200. Must be enrolled in course 3514.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Katrina Simpson |
The aim of the Honours year in behavioural neuroscience is to increase students' understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, develop their analytic, research and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of the discipline including laboratory techniques and other research-related skills. In this unit students will complete the Research Design and Analysis coursework component. It involves attending a lecture series and associated workshops that are designed to expand the students' knowledge of univariate and multivariate statistical procedures used by neuroscientists and psychologists in research.
On completion of BNS4200 Behavioural Neuroscience Honours Research Design and Analysis unit, students will:
Assessment 1 - Multiple choice online exam (Mid semester) (15%)
Assessment 2 - Journal (35%)
Exam (End of semester) (50%)
2 hours per week of lectures and 1 hour per week of tutorials and SPSSX training per fortnight.
BNS4100. Must be enrolled in course 3514.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Shane Bullock |
This unit reflects an introduction to the four themes of the MBBS curriculum: Theme I (Personal and Professional Development), Theme II (Society, Population, Health and Illness), Theme III (Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice) and Theme IV (Clinical Skills). Students begin to develop the knowledge, skills and attributes required by a medical student. Knowledge in the basic medical and behavioural sciences is developed within inter-disciplinary units related to clinical and other problems through problem based learning clinical case studies. Clinical skills development introduces history-taking, physical examination and clinical reasoning through clinical skills tutorials and clinical placement activities. Community partnership placements are commenced.
Students will be expected to achieve the learning objectives in all four Themes for this Unit. Theme I Personal and Professional Development, Theme II Population, Society, Health and Illness, Theme III Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice and Theme IV Clinical Skills.
Two assignments: 5%
5%; clinical competency/professionalism assessment 10%, written mid-semester exam: 5%, written end-of-semester exam: 10%
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
18 weeks based upon 27 contact hours of predominately small group teaching and learning activities which will include some lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, fortnightly clinical placements and Community Based Program placements.
Must be enrolled in course code 3952
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Shane Bullock |
GMA2000 provides an overall result for Year A Graduate entry MBBS based upon achievement in GMA1011, GMA2022 and includes the Vertically Integrated Assessment examination undertaken at the end of Year A. Teaching and learning activities for GMA1011 and GMA2022 have been outlined in the relevant unit approvals and student results for each of these units will contribute to the result for GMA2000.
GMA2000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the Graduate entry MBBS course. On successful completion of the unit students will have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills developed during Year A of the medicine course.
GMA1010 (80%)
VIA examination (20%)
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Must be enrolled in course code 3952
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Shane Bullock |
This unit reflects the four themes of the MBBS curriculum: Theme I (Personal and Professional Development), Theme II (Society, Population, Health and Illness), Theme III (Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice) and Theme IV (Clinical Skills).
Students will be expected to achieve the learning objectives in all four Themes for this Unit. Theme I Personal and Professional Development, Theme II Population, Society, Health and Illness, Theme III Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice and Theme IV Clinical Skills.
Three written assignments (5% each)
Written mid-semester exam (5%)
Written end-of-semester exam (10%)
Practical exam (OSCE) (15%)
Vertically Integrated Assessment (VIA) exam (20%)
Hurdle: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated group teaching activities to pass this unit.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Workload requirement: 18 weeks based upon 27 contact hours of predominately small group teaching and learning activities which will include some lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, fortnightly clinical placements.
Must be enrolled in course code 3952
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Catherine Joyce (Caulfield), Mrs Jackie Witthuhn (South Africa) |
HSC1052 provides an introduction to health care systems (local and global), including their relations to policy, politics and the interaction of the system with the health needs and outcomes of populations and individuals. The unit also utilizes relevant current events to generate discussion and debate around policy approaches to specific issues and the politics of health and social care.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
1. Individual presentation (15%)
2. Group presentation (20%)
3. Written assignment (40%)
4. Weekly Quiz (25%)
Hurdle requirements: 80% attendance at tutorials unless medical or other certification provided and completion of in-class activities.
3 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Dragan Ilic and Dr Darshini Ayton (Caulfield), Juliana Kagura (South Africa) |
This unit introduces students to the skills necessary to locate, critique the usefulness and quality of, and summarise evidence to provide them with a solid foundation for an evidence-based approach to optimising health and well-being at a population level. Students are guided through skills in searching for and locating evidence. They are introduced to different research methodologies and ways of analysing data to understand various research paradigms. This information is used to critique the available literature. Students will be introduced to both qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection and analysis; basic descriptive statistics;, measurement concepts; and synthesis and reporting of data.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Evidence ranking and summary - written (20%)
Online Quizzes:
a: Quantitative data test (5%)
b: Qualitative data test (5%)
Group presentation - oral (30%)
Written examination - 2 hours (40%)
Hurdle requirements:
Tutorial attendance (80% attendance)
Workshop attendance (80% attendance)
4 hours per week - 1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 1 hour workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Biswajit Banik |
This unit introduces students to the key principles and frameworks that guide health promotion and disease prevention in Australia and internationally. Students will examine concepts and theories that underpin health promotion and the primary care, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches used in this field. Important dimensions of practice, including partnerships, participation, multi-level action, capacity building and evidence-based practice will be explored. The areas of health promotion action that will be examined will encompass policy development for health, creating supportive environments, health education strategies, health communication techniques at the group and population level, and advocacy. The application of these to health challenges in diverse cultural and economic contexts will be explored. By the completion of the Unit, students will be expected to demonstrate an understanding of health promotion's key concepts, values and methods, and the criteria by which the quality of practice can be judged.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Class test (1 hour) (20%)
Research report (2000 words) (30%)
In-tutorial participation (10%)
Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
1 hour lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr John Oldroyd (Caulfield), Dr Rosalie Aroni (Berwick), Ms Natasha Khamisa (South Africa) |
This unit provides foundation knowledge in public health that begins with its historical underpinnings and leads to examination of the principles, practices and values of contemporary public health. Case studies will be used to illustrate the importance of intersectoral, interdisciplinary, systems thinking for the success of public health programs and policy. You will learn to critically analyse the determinants and burdens of disparate rates of illness and disease from the perspectives of health inequalities and vulnerable populations to understand public health priorities, and the core roles and functions of public health systems and programs. While the focus of this unit is on Australia, the learnings from this unit can be applied to public health issues and systems in any country.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Tutorial (in-class) quizzes (20%)
Group presentation (oral presentation) (15%)
Essay (1500 words) (25%)
Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
Hurdle requirement: You must complete all assessments tasks in order to pass this unit including formative (non-graded) assessment tasks, and summative (graded) assessment tasks.
Lecture 1 hour and Tutorial 2 hours per week
HSC1031
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Basia Diug (Caulfield), Ms Claire Mitchell (South Africa) |
The unit examines the biological determinants of the major non-communicable diseases that are common global causes of death and disability. Students will be encouraged to integrate knowledge of physiological factors, genetic factors and lifestyle choices to explain health and disease across the life span; and to appreciate that knowledge of the biological determinants of disease can be applied to the prevention and control of disease. Case studies will provide the opportunity to develop critical reasoning skills, self-learning and literacy skills necessary for understanding the biological bases of health and disease.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Online quizzes (10%)
Mid-semester test (10%)
Oral case presentation (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (50%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 contact hours per week (1 lecture hour and 2 tutorial/workshop hours)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Basia Diug (Caulfield), Ms Claire Mitchell (South Africa) |
The fundamental concepts introduced previously in 'Biological Bases of Health and Disease 1' will be developed further with a particular focus on health and disease across the life span and communicable disease.
The unit covers the biological and microbial determinants of diseases that are common global causes of death and disability.
Students will be encouraged to integrate knowledge of physiological factors, genetic factors and lifestyle choices to explain health and disease across the life span and to appreciate that knowledge of the biological determinants of disease can be applied to the prevention and control of disease.
Case studies will provide the opportunity for students to develop critical reasoning skills, self-learning and literacy skills necessary for understanding the biological bases of health and disease.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Online quizzes (10%)
Mid-semester exam (10%)
Oral case presentation (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (50%)
3 contact hours per week (1 lecture hour and 2 tutorial/workshop hours)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Bradley Crammond (Caulfield), Ms Natasha Khamisa (South Africa) |
In this unit, we ask you to think about the vast and growing inequities in health that exist across the world and the challenges for people living in developing countries. We explore their underlying causes including: globalisation, transnational trade, tourism, rapid development, social and political transitions, climate change, violence and insecurity.
Using research reports and field experience from practical projects, we examine the wider context for working in international settings as well as the issues faced by Indigenous peoples, migrants and refugees.
We explore our responsibilities as 'global citizens' and we challenge you to think about ways you could make a difference.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Formative assessment (not graded) include:
Tutorial participation: Students will participate in small group and self-directed activities across the whole semester (mid and end semester)
Summative assessments:
Group Presentation (30%)
Class test (2 hours) (30%)
Assignment (3,000 words) (40%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial)
Nil
Nil
Nil
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rosalie Aroni (Caulfield), Ms Jabulani Ncayiyana (South Africa) |
This unit will explore how individual and population experiences of health are shaped by culture and society. The unit draws on key sociological and anthropological theories and concepts to reveal explanations for health in respect of larger socio-cultural realities and political processes. Students will be encouraged to foster skills in critical deconstruction of Western representations of culture to arrive at an appreciation of various 'ways of knowing', including Indigenous scholarship. There will be a focus on global health and in particular, Indigenous people, place, culture and health.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Formative assessment:
Weekly quiz (weeks 2 to 11)
Summative assessment:
Individual journal (1200 words) (15%)
Individual analysis of media coverage of a health issue (1500 words) (30%)
Group presentation of a contentious health issue (15 minutes) (15%)
Individual essay (2000 words) (40%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 hours contact time per week (1 hour lecture 2 hour tutorial / workshop)
ATS2717
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ben Smith (Caulfield), Nerida Joss (Berwick), Mrs Jackie Witthuhn (South Africa) |
In this Unit students will develop knowledge and skills for public health and health promotion program design and implementation. These are core competencies for health promotion practice. Students will develop skills in community needs assessment, determining priorities and defining target populations, and selecting an appropriate mix of strategies based on evidence and theory. Strategies that take into account social and health inequalities will be examined. Students will consider key steps in implementation management and methods for building program sustainability. The planning and evaluation cycle will be examined to assist students to develop a comprehensive evaluation plan. Case studies, group work, planning tools and evaluations of health promotion programs will be used to develop practical problem-solving skills.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Seminar participation: 10%
Health profile: 30%
Intervention map: 40%
Project implementation plan: 20%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 hours - 1 hour lecture, 2 hours of tutorials
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Nerida Joss |
Students will critically analyse the structure, politics and role of the mass media (public relations, news, advertising, advocacy, popular culture) in constructing public health issues. Throughout the unit, students will critically review a range of recent communication campaigns and case studies of contemporary issues. The unit will cover health communication skills for a range of audiences and purposes, including presentation and report writing, developing health communications materials, social marketing, working with the mass media, e-health and the internet, and advocacy for policies, programs and resources. Various applications in rural and minority communities will be explored.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Press release (400 words): 20%
Written assignment (2000 words): 25%
Group project individual report (3000 words): 25%
Group presentation (oral): 30%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
1 hour lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Darshini Ayton (Caulfield) |
Students will gain understanding of the processes involved in community development and building partnerships to improve health, and the theories that underpin them. The unit examines the importance of participation and collective efforts in the social, economic and political life of the community and the contribution this makes to health development. Students will reflect critically on community development theory, concepts of social equity, empowerment, participation and the role of health professionals in community-based practice. Frameworks for community development and partnership building will be examined using a range of Australian and international case studies and current issues.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Essay (2000-2500 words) (30%)
Case study (oral group presentation) (30%)
Written report (3000 words) (40%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
1 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Biswajit Banik (Caulfield), Mrs Jackie Witthuhn (South Africa) |
This unit introduces students to the key principles and frameworks that guide health promotion and disease prevention in Australia and internationally. Students will examine concepts and theories that underpin health promotion and the primary care, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches used in this field. Important dimensions of practice, including partnerships, participation, multi-level action, capacity building and evidence-based practice will be explored. The areas of health promotion action that will be examined will encompass policy development for health, creating supportive environments, health education strategies, health communication techniques at the group and population level, and advocacy. The application of these to health challenges in diverse cultural and economic contexts will be explored. By the completion of the Unit, students will be expected to demonstrate an understanding of health promotion's key concepts, values and methods, and the criteria by which the quality of practice can be judged.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Class test 10%
Research report 30%
In-class presentation 20%
Examination 40%.
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials.
1 hour lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Dragan Ilic |
The unit will look at how epidemiological techniques are applied in clinical research. It will explore how clinical trials and other types of studies are conducted in clinical settings. It will cover measurement of signs and symptoms (including normal and abnormal) and other clinical measurements, conduct and design of clinical research, interpretation of clinical research findings, and practical and ethical issues in clinical research.
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
2 x Online Quizzes (10%)
3 x Group Presentations (Oral with Powerpoint presentation) (20%)
1 x Critical Appraisal Task (CAT)(30%)
1 x Written Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Hurdle requirements:
Tutorial attendance (80% attendance)
3 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Biswajit Banik (Caulfield), Ms Claire Mitchell (South Africa) |
This unit provides explores the options for treatment and management of established health conditions at the individual level. It provides an introduction to pharmacology and an overview of other interventions commonly employed to manage illness and improve health. A case study approach will be used which looks at treatment options for key diseases (e.g., cancer).
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
Tutorial participation (5%)
Class test (1 hour) (10%)
Oral presentation and written report (1000 words) (15%)
Written assignment (2000 words) (30%)
Exam (2 hours) (40%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Danielle Horyniak (Caulfield), Assoc Prof Peter Nyasulu (South Africa) |
This unit provides an introduction to epidemiological and statistical concepts necessary for understanding patterns of health and disease in populations. It extends the overview provided in HSC1061, reviewing how health and disease are measured, and how patterns of health and disease in populations are investigated. Students are introduced to different study designs, analysing and interpreting health data and the concepts of bias and confounding. Case studies include local, national and global examples of epidemiological research.
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
Indigenous and other population groups.
2 x Written assignments (1500 words each) (35%)
Group presentation (oral) (15%)
2 x In-class biostatistics tests (20%)
Exam (2 hours) (30%)
Hurdle requirement: At least 80% attendance at tutorial/computer laboratory classes
3 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rosalie Aroni (Caulfield), Assoc Prof Peter Nyasulu (South Africa) |
This unit builds on the introduction to research methods provided in HSC1061. In those units students learning was focused on appraising evidence produced by other researchers, and on describing and comparing study designs.
In this unit we extend this learning by enabling students to develop skills in designing and conducting their own research projects. The unit will cover: developing answerable research questions, matching research questions with study designs, collecting and analysing study data, managing research projects, and applications of quantitative, qualitative and combined approaches. The cultural, ethical and political contexts within which research takes place will also be discussed.
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
Written assignments (Total of 3500 words) (55%)
Exam (2 hours) (30%)
Tutorial participation (completion of required reading(s) and/or other preparation for classes and contribution to class discussions) (15%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 contact hours per week
HSC1061 or HSC1082
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liz Bishop (Caulfield), Dr Latifat Ibisomi (South Africa) |
This unit deals with two primary aspects of professional practice in the health and social care system, namely the legal and ethical principles that govern the operation of the system and the behaviour of individuals within it. The unit commences with an introduction to the legal framework, covering common law, statute law and the legal responsibilities of health and social care professionals. Students are then introduced to the ethical framework, through an examination of ethical theory, professional ethics, confidentiality, informed consent and relationships with patients. The complex interrelationship between legal and ethical aspects of healthcare practice is explored.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Written assignments (2 x 2500 words): 100%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michaela Riddell (Berwick, Caulfield), Ms Natasha Khamisa (South Africa) |
This unit will build on students' previous learning about global health, through examination of the 'health for all' agenda and associated approaches to meeting the challenges of health inequities.
The intent of this unit is not only to further students' awareness of global health issues, but also to encourage critical thinking about the efficacy of global health programs and the ethics of delivering aid. Central to the unit will be the question of why there is often a failure to provide a total community approach to health issues.
The unit comprises four modules of study.
During the first, students will look at global health from a broad perspective, examining the global health architecture and the roles played by major actors. They will critically appraise social and economic approaches to global health problems and examine the positive and negative outcomes for health.
The second module will cover major principles of effective and successful project management and will highlight past failures to demonstrate the complexity of health improvement in low- and middle-income countries.
The role of Australia bilateral donors (AusAID, USAID etc) in giving development aid and addressing health issues in developing nations will be explored in the third module, with students being required to engage in examining and commenting upon the ethical aspects of donor activity. T
his module also includes a session with individuals from the global health workforce, demonstrating the various careers available to students with a health sciences background.
The final module will draw together the key themes of the unit and look at how these can be applied to continuing and future global health challenges.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Essay (2000 words) (30%)
Project plan (1000 words) (20%)
Project proposal (3000 words) (50%)
Hurdle requirement - Formative assessment task Twitter report (800 words)
Hurdle requirement for on campus offering: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone (Caulfield), Dr Rosalie Aroni (Berwick), Ms Natasha Khamisa (South Africa) |
The unit explores global and local health challenges that are at the forefront of Australia's health sector. Students will critically examine the construction of contemporary health challenges including: the implications of global inequalities in health and health problems arising from war and terrorism and political violence such as the refugee crisis.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Written outline of research topic (500 words) (15%)
Literature review (1500 words) (25%)
Research essay (3000 words) (50%)
Class presentation (in class oral presentation) (10%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
A one hour lecture plus a two hour tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michaela Riddell (Caulfield, Clayton), Assoc Prof Peter Nyasulu (South Africa) |
This unit focuses on prevention and control of communicable diseases. Topics include principles of infection, outbreaks, public health control measures, and current issues in disease prevention and control.
Public health control measures discussed may include surveillance, modelling, immunisation, antimicrobial therapies, infection control, vector control, screening and risk factor management.
These topics are illustrated using relevant examples of communicable diseases such as vaccine-preventable diseases (e.g. influenza); vector-borne diseases (e.g., malaria), food-borne diseases (e.g., salmonella) and sexually transmitted infections (e.g., HIV). Epidemiological, social, and political perspectives are considered.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
2 x Written assignments (Total of 2000 words) (30%)
Group presentation (oral) (15%)
Tutorial exercises (10%)
Final exam (2 hours) (45%)
Hurdle requirement: At least 80% attendance at tutorial classes
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Darshini Ayton (Berwick & Caulfield) |
This unit introduces students to settings and characteristics of health promotion delivered in various settings including hospitals, schools, workplaces and sporting organisations. Students will be introduced to settings frameworks, theories and approaches and the role of health professionals in diverse settings will be examined. Additionally approaches to building health promotion capacity among staff in these settings will also be explored. Students will gain a sound understanding of the evidence base for health promotion work in different settings and will critically examine the challenges for health promotion in these settings.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Evidence review (2000 words) (35%)
Settings audit and program plan (2500 words) (40%)
Case study group presentation (Oral with Powerpoint or Prezi presentation) (25%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ruth Klein (Berwick, Caulfield), Mrs Jackie Witthuhn (South Africa) |
This unit will equip students with skills to undertake the evaluation of health promotion programs and policies using a range of methodologies. Levels of health program evaluation, including formative, process, impact, and outcome evaluation, will be examined. The range of qualitative and quantitative methods that are appropriate for different evaluation questions will be presented. An emphasis will be placed on the evaluation challenges posed by the complexities of health promotion and the contexts in which it is carried out, with case studies used to illustrate these issues. Evaluation design and data collection options to strengthen knowledge of program impact will be explored.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Evaluation design exercise (template provided): 10%
Project evaluation plan (template provided): 40%
Presentation of data collection tools (20 min oral presentation
30 min class activities): 20%
Data collection instrument (2000 words): 30%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone (Berwick & Caulfield), Dr Samson Muyanga (South Africa) |
In this unit, students will examine the political foundations of health promotion and public health policies in Australia, different types of health policy, policy development processes and theories that underpin them. Interest groups and the challenges they pose to decision-making processes will be discussed. The social and political impacts of health policy will be explored, as well as the jurisdictional responsibilities held by different levels of government for health policies. Concepts of power, authority and influence will be discussed. Students will learn critical skills for policy analysis in the context of case studies of effective advocacy that have influenced policy change in Australia.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Essay (2500 words): 50%
Case study (2000 words) and presentation (oral): 50%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 hours per week (1 hour lecture and 2 hours tutorial)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Darshini Ayton (Caulfield), Mrs Chineme Ozumba (South Africa) |
Notes
The first compulsory seminar will be held during Orientation week of semester 2.
This unit will assist students to put into practice the theory that underpins the profession of health promotion by working in an agency which has promoting health as part of its core business. It will provide practical experience in preparation for embarking or enhancing a career in health promotion as well as opportunities to learn about career development, resume development and reflection on skills and capacities required by a graduate.
Applying the knowledge gained through their course by working in agencies that undertake population-based health promotion issues will help students to better understand health determinants and behaviour in the community, and prepare them for the realities of the workplace.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the students will be able to:
Each student will undertake a health promotion placement at a relevant organisation. The placement is 100 hours in duration and students need to be able to committ at least one day a week to complete their placement by mid-November.
Half-way practicum reflection report (750 words) (20%)
Final Reflection report (2000-2500 words) (40%)
Career portfolio including career goals, cover letter, resume and placement work plan (40%)
Hurdle tasks:
100 hours field placement
12 hours of seminars
Participation in Moodle group discussions between weeks 5-12
144 hours including 100 hours of field placement, 12 hours of seminars, contact time of 1 hour online discussion group between weeks 5-12, and 2 hours of private study per week.
HSC3082 is available to students enrolled in Bachelor of Health Science 3882; or Bachelor of Health Science/Business 4503; or Bachelor of Health Promotion 4505; or Bachelor of Public Health 4502.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ewan MacFarlane (Caulfield, Clayton) |
This unit explores the role of environmental factors in human health, how environmental health hazards are identified and how the risks can be assessed and managed. This unit will cover chemical, biological and physical hazards and their potential health effects in a range of environmental contexts.
This unit will encourage students to critically evaluate environmental health information and its application in realistic situations. In this unit students will explore practical examples of environmental health hazards to identify the human health risks present, ways to assess exposure and options and strategies for assessment and management of the health risks identified.
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
1 x in-class quiz (1 hour): 15%
1 x minor written assignment (1,500 words): 25%
1 x major written assignment (2,000 words): 30%
Written examination (2 hour): 30%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at seminars.
3 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Carolina Weller |
The unit provides the necessary skills for students to perform a quantitative design, data management and statistical analysis of a research project. This unit is a more specific development of quantitative health and medical research methodology that builds on the introductory material in 2nd year of the course.
It will involve designing a research protocol, including defining the research question, performing a literature review, selection of type of study, defining a study population and sampling strategies, questionnaire design, ethics approval, and oral and written presentation of a protocol. It will also include sessions on managing data and choosing a statistical analysis approach. Students will choose a health research question of interest to them and design a research protocol for studying that particular question.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Written assignments (Total 3000 words) (30%)
Group presentation (oral) (15%)
In-class group work (15%)
Final report (3500 words) (40%)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
3 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Biswajit Banik |
Notes
Students are required to attend induction sessions in the week prior to the start of semester.
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is based on academic performance.
This unit provides an opportunity for high achieving students to experience public health research in practice. Application forms for this unit can be obtained from med-sphpm-ugenq@monash.edu. A strict quota applies and entry is based on academic performance. Students will be placed with a current public health/epidemiological research project and will undertake specific tasks within the project as well as being exposed to the broader research environment. The specific tasks undertaken will vary, but may include, for example, dealing with recruitment of study participants, data collection and management and analysis of findings. Students will apply research skills acquired in years 1-2 of their degree, in areas such as dealing with bias and confounding, developing data collection tools, managing and analyzing data, and ethical practices in the research environment. Students will prepare oral and written presentations relating to: their specific task/s; the research project with which they are working; and the research process more generally. This unit is particularly designed for students who are considering a research career, via an Honours degree and postgraduate study.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
First oral presentation (10 mins): 15%
Written assignment (1500 words): 20%
Final oral presentation (20 mins): 15%
Final written report (3000 words): 35%
Supervisor's assessment, including attendance: 15%
Hurdle requirement:
Progress report checklist signed by both the student and supervisor.
12 hours per week of on-site research work and private study.
Students are also required to attend induction sessions in the week prior to the start of semester.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following degrees: Bachelor of Health Science 3882 or Bachelor of Health Science and Bachelor of Business 4503
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone |
This unit aims to develop students' understanding and skills in the quantitative and qualitative research methods that underpin contemporary global public health and health science research, as well as the analysis, interpretation and reporting of data from such research. This unit introduces students to the theoretical methodological and ethical issues that underpin contemporary global public health and health science research. It provides direction and guidance to honours students in identifying a meaningful research question and develops the skills and knowledge students need to develop a research proposal. It re-introduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques they need both to undertake their study and write a research report.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of seminars and colloquia.
Formative assessment: Feedback during seminar participation as well as following the three summative assessments.
Summative assessment:
A. An individual presentation during the semester on students' project methodologies (20%);
B. A class test on the quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and approaches to data analysis utilised in public health and health science research topics covered during the semester. The class test will contain both multiple choice and short answer questions (20%) and,
C. A 3,000-3,500 word assignment based on students' project methodologies which will form the basis of the student's methods chapter of the thesis (60%).
Four class contact hours per week (seminar style), attendance of a weekly colloquium (1-2 hours per week), plus regular project supervision (1-2 hours per fortnight). In addition, as per University requirements, students will be required to spend up to 20 hours per week in private study/self-directed learning (i.e. a total of 24 hours per week).
Student must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Health Science, Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science or with permission of Chief Examiner
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone |
The Honours thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular contemporary global public health and health science research topic or issue, undertaken with the guidance and support of a supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All Honours students are required to present on their research project at a research seminar prior to submission. The Honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Health Science Research Project (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use their 15,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into higher research degree programs.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of colloquia, and are required to meet with their supervisor at least once a fortnight for 1-2 hours.
Formative assessment:
a. An individual presentation and feedback on students' completed projects - to occur prior to submission and,
b. Feedback during supervision throughout the semester.
Summative assessment: A 15,000 word research-based honours thesis (100%). Students' theses will be examined as per normal Faculity of Medicne, Nursing and Health Sciences' practice, that is examined by at least two examiners. Additional examiners may be used if there is a significant descrepancy between the examiners.
Two class contact hours per week (seminar style), attendance of a weekly colloquium (1-2 hours per week), plus regular project supervision (1-2 hours per fortnight). In addition, as per University requirements, students will be required to spend up to 40 hours per week in private study/self-directed learning (i.e. a total of 48 hours per week).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michaela Riddell |
The unit aims for students to develop critical and analytic skills as applied to contemporary global public health and health science research, as well as providing students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of public health and health science from within a global context.
Seminars will focus on topics such as current public health thinking and practice and global dimensions of local health, as well as on skills in evidence appraisal and systematic searching. Students will be active learners through the presentation of two seminars to the class during the semester, and will lead the discussion that follows.
Students will provide a written review of a topic that is related to their specific research project that demonstrates advanced theoretical understanding of the issues and research relating to that topic.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of seminars.
Formative assessment: Feedback during seminar participation and presentations delivered (Objectives 1 - 5).
Summative assessment:
a. Two individual presentations during the semseter - one on the student's project and the second on a seperate public health and/or health science issue or topic. Presentations will be assessed using a set of assessment criteria included in the Unit Guide (30%), and,
b. A 4,000-5,000 word critical review of research papers on a specific public health and/or health science issue that will form the basis of the student's literature review for their final thesis (70%)
Four class contact hours per week (seminar style). In addition, as per University requirements, students will be required to spend 20 hours per week on the unit in private study (i.e. a total of 24 hours per week).
Student must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Health Science, Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science or with permission of Chief Examiner
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Health Sciences, South Africa |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Geoff Setswe |
This unit aims to develop students' understanding and skills in the quantitative and qualitative research methods that underpin contemporary global public health and health science research, including the analysis, interpretation and reporting of data from such research. The unit introduces students to the theoretical, methodological and ethical issues underpinning contemporary global public health and health science research. It provides direction and guidance in identifying a meaningful research question and in developing the skills and knowledge needed to design and write a research proposal. It reintroduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques needed both to undertake the study and to write a research report.
Students may be allocated to visit a community site on a fieldwork to learn methods of community entry and how to conduct research fieldwork in different communities. This will be a supervised fieldwork visit done with the lecturer/researcher.
Class Test (20%)
Class Presentation (20%)
Methodology Chapter (60%)
Seminar and/or Online Learning Activity (3 hours)
+ Pre-Lecture & Self-directed Learning Activity (3 hours)
+ Post-Lecture Discussion Question (1 hour)
+ Unit Assessment/Assignment (4 hours)
Completion of the 144 credit point, three year Bachelor of Public Health degree or equivalent
HSC4102 Contemporary and global public health issues
HSC4001 Health science research project 1
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Health Sciences, South Africa |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Geoff Setswe |
This unit aims for students to develop critical and analytic skills as applied to contemporary global public health and health science research. It provides students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of public health and health science from a global context.
Seminars will focus on topics such as current public health thinking and practice and global dimensions of local health, as well as on skills in evidence appraisal and systematic searching. Students will be active learners through the presentation of two seminars to the class during the semester, and will lead the discussion that follows.
Students will provide a written review of a topic that is related to their specific research project that demonstrates advanced theoretical understanding of the issues and research relating to that topic.
Assignment (20%)
Class Presentation (20%)
Report on a contemporary public health issue (60%)
Seminar and/or Online Learning Activity (3 hours)
+ Self-directed Learning Activity (3 hours)
+ Preparation of research report (1 hour)
+ Unit Assessment/Assignment/Presentation/Report (4 hours)
Completion of the 144 credit point, three year Bachelor of Public Health degree or equivalent
HSC4101 Public health research proposal
HSC4011 Advanced studies in contemporary and global health research
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Health Sciences, South Africa |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Geoffrey Setswe |
This unit aims to develop students' understanding and skills in writing a research report in public health. The unit introduces students to the skills preparing an introduction, literature review, choice of research methods, findings and discussion of these findings, conclusions and recommendations. It provides direction and guidance in identifying a meaningful research question and in developing the skills and knowledge needed to design and write a research report using reputable referencing techniques. It reintroduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques needed both to undertake the study and to write a public health research report.
Students may be allocated to visit a community site on a fieldwork to learn methods of community entry and how to conduct research fieldwork in different communities. This will be a supervised fieldwork visit done with the lecturer/researcher.
Assignment (20%)
Class Presentation (20%)
Research Report (60%)
Seminar and/or Online Learning Activity (3 hours)
+ Self-directed Learning Activity (6 hours) - data collection, analysis
+ Preparation of research report (5 hour)
+ Unit Assessment/Assignment (6 hours)
HSC4002 Health science research project 2
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Belinda Lewis |
This unit introduces students to health promotion delivered in a variety of primary care settings including hospitals, community health services, and general practice.
The common characteristics of primary care will form the framework including issues of expanded access, multi-professional service teams, optimal service coordination, and a focus on patient empowerment and the application of technology to health promotion.
Prevention and health promotion systems relevant to primary care will be examined, and the evidence and theoretical base for preventive (behavioural) counselling, brief interventions, health education practice, methods of tailoring strategies to client needs, motivational interviewing techniques, motivating change and preventing relapse will be explored.
Approaches to adopting health promotion strategies and building capacity for health promotion in others will be explored.
a. Identifying structured approaches and distinguishing key features of existing health promotion programs;
b. Describing the principles and charters that guide health promotion practice;
c. Comparing and contrasting health promotion needs and values of different subgroups within the community.
a. Describing capacity building approaches to improve the quality and sustainability of health promotion;
b. Identifying the contrasting the behavioral and socio-environmental approaches to promoting health in primary clinical care settings;
c. Recognising the difference between marketing and health promotion along with the ethical questions it raises.
a. Reporting influences upon individual motivation and capacity to perform health behaviours;
b. Planning and producing a health promotion pamphlet or poster for their clinical setting.
a. Describing a health promotion outcomes framework and how it is used in program planning;
b. Reporting their evaluation (using key principles and evidence-based approaches identified earlier) of a local health promotion activity from their clinical setting.
Hurdle requirement: 100% attendance at tutorials and lecture program.
Evidence review: 30%
Case study report and group presentation: 40%
Analysis essay and program plan: 30%
12 hours per week including contact time of 4 hours and 8 hours of private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Belinda Lewis |
This unit provides the basic understanding of the concept of health particularly in the primary care clinical settings. This exploration will begin at a personal level and expand to clinical settings with the broader health environment. Varied definitions and models of health will be introduced to allow a detailed exploration of illness, health risks and how individuals, families and communities use limited resources.
Differences between health of the individual and the broader population will be examined using the clinical environment as the focal point. The factors that impact the dimensions of health will be critically explored to better understand the roles of government policies, the private sector and communities. Current inequalities in resources and other factors affecting health in clinical settings will be identified.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: students are required to attend 100% of tutorials
Essay (25%)
Written assignment (45%)
Final Examination (30%)
12 hours per week including contact time (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial), fieldwork and self-directed learning
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono / Professor Shah Yasin |
MED1011 will introduce students to the four themes (sub-units) upon which the five-year curriculum is based:
THEME I: Personal and Professional Development: students will participate in a transition program, focusing on transition to university life, personal ethics, healthy lifestyle, group support and communication skills. This will be followed by a Health Enhancement program concentrating on self care (stress management, relaxation training, coping skills), other aspects of healthy lifestyle and group support, and introduction to the science of Mind-Body Medicine. Also included: an introduction to Ethics and Medical Law.
THEME II: Population, Society, Health and Illness: Health, Knowledge and Society Teaching will provide a framework of inquiry allowing analysis of the social aspects of medicine.
THEME III: Foundations of Medicine: The Fabric of Life provides students with foundation knowledge in genomics and cell biology in health and disease. An integral part of this theme will be the weekly problem based learning activity
(PBL). Each PBL integrates material presented to students in this and other themes throughout the week.
THEME IV: Clinical Skills: introduces students to practical clinical skills including: handwashing, sharps disposal; subcutaneous and intramuscular injecting. Students will interact with health care professionals during medical contact visits, and will be introduced to the medical interview, taking a family history, ethical aspects of medical contact visits.
Theme I:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme II:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme III:
On completion of this sub-unit, students will have knowledge and understanding of:
Theme IV:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Examinations and written assignments to account for 30% of the end of Year 1 result. Assessment of materials presented in the result for MED1011 will be a pass grade only (PGO).
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Must be enrolled in the 0040, 1074, 3856
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono / Professor Shah Yasin |
THEME 1: 'Health Enhancement Program' develops strategies for personal health enhancement and ethical/legal issues relevant to professional responsibility, the doctor-patient relationship and public accountability.
THEME 2: 'Population Health' develops an understanding of epidemiology, construction of epidemiological study design, function and interpretation of statistical information and critical appraisal of research publications.
THEME 3: The scientific basis of clinical practice of the musculo-skeletal, cardiovascular medicine and human life span.
THEME 4: 'Clinical Skills' develops comprehensive medical history taking skills and examination of the musculoskeletal, cardiovascular and peripheral nervous system. Develop an awareness of key ethical issues involved in communication with patients, family members, carers and health professionals. Rural attachment: a week based at a rural centre will focus on developing an understanding of the practice of medicine in a rural context.
Theme I:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme II:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme III:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme IV:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Rural Attachment:
On completion of this Rural Attachment students will be able to:
Examinations and written assignments to account for 70% of the end of Year 1 result.
Assessment of materials presented in the result for MED1022 will be a pass grade only (PGO).
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Must be enrolled in the MBBS course codes 0040, 1074, 3856
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono / Professor Shah Yasin |
MED2000 provides an overall result for Year 1 & 2 MBBS based upon achievement in MED1011, MED1022, MED2031, MED2042 and the first Integrated Vertical Assessment (VIA) examination. Students will need to successfully complete MED1011, MED1022, MED2031, MED2042 and the VIA examination. A grade will be awarded for MED2000 which is based on student achievement in MED1011, MED1022, MED2031 and MED2042 and the VIA examination.
MED2000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the MBBS course. On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills developed during Years 1 - 2 of the medicine course.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Medicine/ Bachelor of Surgery (course codes 0040)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono / Professor Shah Yasin |
Through a 'Community Based' placement, the student develops an awareness of the sector's relevance to the practice of medicine and the socio-economic context of health and illness. In 'Information Management and Health Promotion' the student develops skills in data management and critical appraisal of evidence and knowledge to assist in clinical decision-making. 'Homeostasis: Maintaining the internal environment' enables the student to study the respiratory, renal, endocrine and haematopoietic systems, gastroenterology, nutrition and metabolism.' 'Clinical Skills' assists the student to develop clinical reasoning and focused history taking based on these major systems. Weekly Problem Based Learning (PBL) studies will integrate material presented in all themes. The Rural/urban placement focuses on the development of a perspective of experience of practising medicine in either environment.
Theme I:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme II:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme III:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Student Project Cases:
On the completion of this activity students will be able to:
Theme IV:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Urban Placement:
Rural Placement:
Examinations and written assignments account for 30% of the end of Year 2 result.
Assessment of materials presented in the result for MED2031 will be a pass grade only (PGO).
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.
The following in semester assignments are carried out across the full year:
CBP
Rural Assessment
Urban Assessment
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Must be enrolled in the MBBS and MED2000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono / Professor Shah Yasin |
Through 'Community Based' placement, the student develops an awareness of the sector's relevance to the practice of medicine and the socio-economic context of health and illness. In 'Information Management and Health Promotion' the student develops skills in data management and critical appraisal of evidence and knowledge to assist in clinical decision-making. 'Hormones and sex growth' enables the student to examine, 'Sex, reproduction and development'. Head and neck will be a focus of learning. Students will further develop studies in neurological sciences. 'Clinical Skills' assists the student to develop clinical reasoning and focused history taking based on these areas. PBL: weekly case studies are used to integrate material presented in all themes. Rural/urban placement: a fortnight focusing on either the experience of practicing medicine in the urban or rural environments will be undertaken as in Semester 1.
On completion students will be able to:
Theme 1
Theme II
Theme III:
Theme IV
Rural placement:
On the completion of this placement students will be able to:
Student Project Cases:
On the completion of this activity students will be able to:
Rural placement and Urban placement- refer to MED2031.
Examinations and written assignments account for 70% of the end of Year 2 result.
Assessment of materials presented in the result for MED2042 will be a pass grade only (PGO).
Hurdle: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.
The following in semester assignments are carried out across the full year:
CBP
Rural Assessment
Urban Assessment
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Must be enrolled in the MBBS and MED2000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
MED3051 is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: Personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, pathophysiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Previous learning will be extended.
On successful completion of Year 3/B, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Scientific basis of clinical practice
History/examination and Differential Diagnosis:
Clinical Features, Natural history, Pathogenesis and Pathology of disease
Recognition of Complexity in Patients' Health and Disease:
Investigating Health Problems:
General Principles of Management
Surgical Management
Pharmacotherapeutics
The Role of Research in Advancing Medical Knowledge:
Theme IV: Clinical skills
Mini Case Records (MCRs) ( 70%)
Integrated clinical appraisal activity (30%)
Hurdle requirements: satisfactory attendance of over 80%, log book completion, completion of on-line tasks, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities and portfolio submission.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Approximately 13 hrs/week of structured teaching and learning, 10 hrs/week of unstructured learning in clinical settings and 10 hrs/week self directed learning (private study).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
MED3062 is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, patho-physiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Previous learning will be extended. By the end of the semester students must be capable of undertaking history and clinical examinations of patients with straightforward conditions.
On successful completion of Year 3/B, students are expected to be able to:
Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Scientific basis of clinical practice
History/examination and Differential Diagnosis:
Clinical Features, Natural history, Pathogenesis and Pathology of disease
Recognition of Complexity in Patients' Health and Disease:
Investigating Health Problems:
General Principles of Management
Surgical Management
Pharmacotherapeutics
The Role of Research in Advancing Medical Knowledge:
Theme IV: Clinical skills
Mini Case Records (MCRs) (70%)
Integrated clinical appraisal activity (30%)
Hurdle: Satisfactory attendance of over 80%, log book completion, completion of online tasks, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities and portfolio submission.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Approximately 13 hrs/week of structured teaching and learning, 10 hrs/week unstructured learning in clinical settings and 10 hrs/week self directed learning (private study).
Must have passed an (I/W) unit in {MED3051}
MED3200; Must be enrolled in the MBBS or MBBS/LLB
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
Notes
Students who fail to progress in MED3051 in semester 1 must discontinue from MED3200. Unit discontinuation penalites will apply.
Introductory Clinical Studies integrates the learning across MED3051 and MED3062. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bed- side tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) (55%)
Written examination (45%)
Hurdle: Satisfactory attendance of over 80%, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
2 x 18 week semesters in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
MED4000 provides an overall result for Year 3B and 4C MBBS based upon achievement in Year 3B and Year 4C. A grade will be awarded for MED4000 which is based on student achievement in MED3051, MED3062, MED3200, MED4091 and MED4200.
A student must pass MED4200 and MED4190 before a grade in MED4000 will be awarded.
MED4000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the MBBS course. On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills develop during Years 1 - 4 of the medicine course.
MED3051 (6.125%)
MED3062 (6.125%)
MED3200 (22.75%)
MED4190 (10.0%)
VIA Exam (30.0%)
MED4200 (OSCE & EMQ component, excluding VIA) (25.0%)
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christopher Wright |
Specialty Clinical Practices I provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester. Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Systems Management components will be integrated with placement activities.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical
placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative in-semester assessment tasks (written and practical tasks) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, and Psychiatry). Weighting 100%
Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as completion of specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web-based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice and Health Systems Management components.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
This is a 12 point unit over 18 weeks in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christopher Wright |
Specialty Clinical Practices II provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester. Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Economics components will be integrated with placement activities.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical
placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative assessment tasks (written and practical) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, Psychiatry) with a total of 12 assessment workload points for in-semester assessment. Weighting 100%
Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web-based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice and Health Economics components.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
This is a 12 point unit over 18 weeks in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
Specialty Clinical Practices provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester. Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Economics components will be integrated with placement activities.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical
placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative assessment tasks (written and practical) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, Psychiatry) with a total of 24 assessment workload points for in-semester assessment. Weighting 100%.
Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web-based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice, Health Economics, and Health Systems Management components.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
Integrated Clinical Studies builds upon learning in the specialty clinical areas of Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in each specialty clinical areas across the year. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to consolidate knowledge and skills through both experiential learning in clinical settings and self directed study.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative assessment tasks:
OSCEs (40%)
Written examinations (40%)
Written VIA (20%)
Attendance (80%) attendance at clinical attachments.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
This is a 24 point unit over 2 x18 week semesters in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
This unit is designed to introduce the principles and practice of research and will teach skills relating to data analysis and communication of scientific ideas in oral presentations and a written thesis. Students will be able to select from a wide range of biomedical project proposals that will enable them to pursue a specific area of interest working with their chosen supervisor.
On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate. The objectives of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are to:
Hurdle requirements
Mid-Year Progress Report (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
Summative assessment:
Literature Review 75% (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
1 Department Oral Presentation 25% (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 5)
Average weekly workload of 36 hours per week comprised of private study (library searches, reading, preparation of presentations and writing research thesis), oral presentations, and practical research activities (eg data collection and collation, laboratory work, data analysis and review).
Students must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
This unit is designed to introduce the principles and practice of research and will teach skills relating to data analysis and communication of scientific ideas in oral presentations and a written thesis. Students will be able to select from a wide range of biomedical project proposals that will enable them to pursue a specific area of interest working with their chosen supervisor.
On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate. The objectives of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are to:
1 Department Oral Presentation: 5% (outcomes: 1,2,3,5)
Minor Thesis: 80% (outcomes: 1,2,3,4,5)
Faculty Presentation: 15% (outcomes 3,5)
consists of:
Faculty 5 minute thesis presentation (7.5%)
Scientfific Poster 10 minute presentation (7.5%)
Average weekly workload of 36 hours per week comprised of private study (library searches, reading, preparation of presentations and writing research thesis), oral presentations, and practical research activities (eg data collection and collation, laboratory work, data analysis and review).
Submission of all assessment items from MED4101
Must be enrolled in the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
MED5091 is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as beginning interns. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences which are designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will participate in supervised clinical practice and related learning activities (learning modules). Furthermore, students will have the opportunity to broaden their knowledge and skills in self selected areas of clinical practice which may include electing a remote community, health or medicine related field.
On successful completion of the unit students are expected to be able to:
Professional attributes and behaviour (Theme I)
Population, Society, Health and Illness (Theme II)
Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice (Theme III)
Clinical Skills (Theme IV)
There will be multiple approaches to assessment in MED5091 as follows: Apart from the PIA 'in-training' assessment, which will be graded, all assessment tasks will be a "hurdle" requirement.
Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to Pass the unit.
1. Formative assessment;
2. Moderated online discussions;
3. Case presentations;
4. Clinical Knowledge Test;
5. Pre-Intern Appraisal (PIA);
6. Portfolio. Hurdle requirement:
Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
2012 pre-req: MED4071, MED4082 and MED4000
2014 pre-req: MED4171, MED4182, MED4200 and MED4000 or GMC4151, GMC4162, GMC4200 and GMC4000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia First semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
MED5092 is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as beginning interns. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences which are designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will participate in supervised clinical practice and related learning activities (learning modules). Furthermore, students will have the opportunity to broaden their knowledge and skills in self selected areas of clinical practice which may include electing a remote community, health or medicine related field.
On successful completion of the unit students are expected to be able to:
Professional attributes and behaviour (Theme I)
Population, Society, Health and Illness (Theme II)
Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice (Theme III)
Clinical Skills (Theme IV)
There will be multiple approaches to assessment in MED5092 as follows: Apart from the PIA 'in-training' assessment, which will be graded, all assessment tasks will be a 'hurdle' requirement. Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to Pass the unit.
1. Formative assessment;
2. Moderated online discussions;
3. Case presentations;
4. Clinical Knowledge Test;
5. Pre-Intern Appraisal (PIA);
6. Portfolio.
Hurdle: Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
This unit indicates the honours grade obtained by a student on completion of the five years of the MBBS degree. Students are not eligible for honours if they take more than five years (not including intermitted years) to complete the course. The grade is derived from a formula approved by faculty board as outlined below.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Malaysia Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Christopher Wright |
Medical practitioners are frequently required to respond to emerging and consolidating innovations and policies related to clinical practice. MED5102 further develops the concept of 'readiness to practice' and focuses upon the development of students' understanding of the principles of Patient Safety and the related clinical competencies. The unit will provide students with an understanding of the role of research in Patient Safety and the application of these principles and practices in diverse contexts. The unit will have the capacity to respond to other issues/innovations/policy changes as they arise in medical practice.
At the completion of MED5102 students will be able to:
Students will not be individually graded, but all assessments will be a hurdle requirement. Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to pass this unit.
1. Observed Patient Safety Skills Assessment
2. Student group presentations
3. On-line assessment tasks.
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
A/Prof Peter Barton (Clayton), Prof Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)
2012 pre-reqs: MED4071, MED4082 and MED4000
2014 pre-reqs: MED4171, MED4182, MED4200 and MED4000 or GMC4151, GMC4162, GMC4200 and GMC4000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2014 (Day) Overseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2014 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Helen Hall |
This unit introduces students to the role and primary functions of the midwife in contemporary midwifery practice. Students will explore the philosophical basis of midwifery to develop an understanding of the basic premises "being with woman", "woman centeredness" and "working in partnership" in preparation for assuming the role. Students will be introduced to professional contexts in which midwives practice exploring cultural and indigenous issues, legal and ethical aspects of midwifery care, multidisciplinary teamwork and development of professional communication skills.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment: 30%
Class presentation: 20%
Examination: 50%
4 hours per week for 12 weeks
Nil
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Hall |
Students learning will focus on well women's experiences of recognising pregnancy, their response to becoming pregnant, the changes encountered from early pregnancy through to the early weeks after birth, the midwife's roles relating to health assessment, health promotion, primary level health counselling, and working with well women during childbearing.
On completion of this subject the student will be able to:
Practice enquiry (written assignment: 2500 - 3000 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%, hurdle
Clinical skills assessment: (Pass/Fail)
12 hours per week over 11 weeks
Must be enrolled in course code 3562 or 3953 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2014 (Flexible) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mary Anne Biro(Peninsula), Ms Carolyn Bailey (Gippsland) |
This unit will provide the foundation knowledge required by midwifery students to effectively care for women during preconception through to early parenting. The focus will be on the role of the midwife as a primary carer in relation to: the preparation of women for pregnancy; physiological and psychological adaptation of women during pregnancy and birth, and the first weeks after birth; and care of women and their babies during this continuum.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Class tests x5 (10% each): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Students must achieve a pass in the examination to pass the unit.
12 hours: two (2) hour tutorial each fortnight
BMA1901 and must be enrolled in course code 3563 or 3953 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2014 (Flexible) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carolyn Bailey (Gippsland), Ms Helen Hall (Peninsula) |
The focus of this unit is to develop midwifery knowledge and skills related to the transition from pregnancy to labour and normal childbirth. Pain relief and comfort during labour as well as interventions to assess the progress of labour will be explored. Mechanisms of normal labour and management of childbirth complications will be overviewed. The focus of midwifery care within the unit is that of a midwife-women partnership model. The role of partner and family for birth support is also analysed.
On completion of this unit, the student will have had the opportunity to:
Written assignment (2,000 words):40%
2 Online quizzes (multiple choice) (invigilated): 20%
Examination (2 hours):40%
MID2005
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Helen Hall (Peninsula) |
Midwifery is a highly-skilled profession. This practice-based unit will provide the scope for students to continue developing midwifery specific skills and consolidate a level of competence that can be augmented by further learning in practice. It exposes students to variations from normal childbearing that may arise. Students will be provided with opportunities to develop skills and knowledge that will enable them to care effectively for women experiencing these alterations. This unit runs alongside MID2004 Being with Birthing Women.
Following completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Essay: 50%
Clinical practice (Hurdle requirement): Pass/Fail
Mastery calculation test (Hurdle requirement): Pass/Fail
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Gayle McLelland |
Midwifery is a highly-skilled profession, hence time and scope to advance practical skills and knowledge is paramount for developing safe and responsive midwives. This practice unit will allow for further development of midwifery skills and identity, whilst incorporating new knowledge and skill. Students will explore complications that can arise during, but are unrelated to, childbearing processes. Emphasis in the unit will be placed on developing physical health assessment skills for identifying and managing a range of medical and surgical conditions that may arise. In addition, pharmacological concepts will be applied in the management of such conditions.
On completion of this subject, the student will be expected to:
Case study (2,500 - 3,000 words): 50%
Clinical practice assessments (Hurdle requirement): pass/fail
Mastery Calculation Test: (Hurdle Requirement): Pass/Fail
Examination (2 hours): 50%
12 hours per week for 12 weeks
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Midwifery is a highly skilled profession.
This unit will enable the student to develop skills and confidence in the full scope of midwifery practice. Debate and analyse current trends in the provision of birthing services including issues sensitive to rural and urban differentials including specialist follow up and access to acute and specialized services. Students will be provided with both 'simulated' and 'real' opportunities to develop skills and knowledge that will enable them to provide effective care to birthing women experiencing variations from normal childbearing.
The clinical practice component will provide students with opportunities to incorporate theoretical learning directly into midwifery practice.
Clinical placement 160 hours
Written assignment, 50% (2500);
Exam: 50%, (3hrs);
Clinical practice assessment: Fail/Pass
Students will be on campus for 10 weeks with one week revision and 4 weeks will be spent in clinical practice. Four of those weeks are included in this unit. The weekly on campus workload requirement for the unit will be:
Lectures: 1 x 2 hours x 10 weeks = 20 hours
Tutorials: 1 x 2 hours x 10 weeks = 20 hours
Clinical: 160 hours
Individual Study: 120 hours
Total: 320 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Carole Gilmour (Peninsula) |
This theoretical unit will assist students to acquire foundational knowledge of the care of babies with special needs. Students will have the opportunity to study the circumstances that commonly result in a baby being admitted to a Level Two Nursery. The issues confronting the infant and family during this period will be explored as well as the role of the midwife in facilitating health and wellbeing of the infant and family. Students will reflect upon and debate the ethico-legal issues involved in caring for a baby with special needs.
On completion of this unit students will have had the opportunity to:
Written assignment (1500 words): 30%
Guided study activities (2 x 500 words): 20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
3562 Bachelor of Midwifery or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit will focus on human lactation, breastfeeding and infant nutrition. It will provide opportunities for students to analyse critically socio-cultural dimensions related to lactation and nutrition and consolidate knowledge and skills to support women in making infant feeding choices. In addition, this unit provides the opportunity for students to apply principles of lactation, breastfeeding and infant nutrition to practice. The unit will facilitate students' application of relevant codes to midwifery practice.
On completion of this unit students will have had the opportunity to:
Written assignment (2,000 words): 40%
Student presentation (20 minute presentation and poster): 40%
Case study (1000 words):20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Hall |
This unit introduces students to the broad range of therapies listed under the umbrella term of 'complementary and alternative medicine '(CAM). Students will have the opportunity to consider the underlying philosophy and reasons why the treatments have become increasingly popular in a contemporary health care setting. Using an evidence based approach, the benefits and risks of the major modalities will be considered. The concept of 'integrative medicine' and the role and responsibilities of health care professionals will also be explored.
On completion of the course, students should be able to:
Written assignment (3,000 words) (40%)
Poster presentation (group activity) (40%)
Quiz (invigilated) (20%)
4 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Gayle McLelland |
This theory and practice unit introduces students to the complexities of childbearing and emergency birthing challenges that women may experience during pregnancy, labour and birth and the first weeks after birth. The focus is on students developing their knowledge and skills relating to midwifery and obstetric management of these challenges. Emphasis is given to the collaborative role of the midwife, referral, use of medical technology, obstetric intervention, and the implications for women, their babies, and midwives. Whilst recognising the role of other healthcare practitioners, midwifery care will be central. Students will be introduced to the use of medical technology and obstetrical intervention whilst maintaining a woman-centred focus.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to:
Cumulative Assessments includes:
Formative assessment:
Guided study activities
Reflective journaling exercises
Summative assessment:
Group presentation (20 mins): 20%
Written assignment (2,500-3,000 words): 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%
Clinical skills assessments (hurdles): (Pass/Fail)
Lectures - 2 hours per week (24 hours)
Tutorials/Clinical Laboratories - 2 hours per week (24 hours)
Online Guided Learning Activities - 2 hours per week (24hours)
Clinical placement - 2 days per week (16 hours) for 10 weeks (160 hours)
Student directed study - 80 hours
Bachelor of Midwifery: MID2102, Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery: MID1002, MID2105
3562 Bachelor of Midwifery or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2014 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jan Jones (Gippsland) |
This unit introduces students to childbearing and emergency birthing obstacles that women may experience. Midwifery and obstetric management of childbearing obstacles will be explored. Emphasis is given to the collaborative role of the midwife, referral, use of medical technology, obstetric intervention, and the implications for women, their babies, and midwives.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%
Guided study activitiy (1000 words): 20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jan Jones (Gippsland) |
This practice unit complements the theory unit Childbearing obstacles and will focus on students developing their knowledge and skills relating to the obstacles women may experience during pregnancy, labour and birth and the first weeks after birth. Emphasis is given to the recognition of problems and the collaborative and referral role of the midwife. Whilst recognising the role of other healthcare practitioners, midwifery care will be central. Students will be introduced to the use of medical technology and obstetrical intervention whilst maintaining a woman-centred focus.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to:
Reflective exercise (1500-2000 words): 40%
Creative project and presentation: 30%
Emergency Skill assessment - OSCEs x 2 (Note: this is a hurdle requirement)
Associated class test: 30%
OSCE: Pass/Fail; must be passed in order to pass the unit
Lectures - 2 hours per week (24 hours)
Tutorials/Clinical Laboratories - 2 hours per week (24 hours)
Clinical placement - 160 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Meredith McIntyre |
Through introduction of the broader womens health context, the unit explores the primary and collaborative role of the midwife working with women experiencing common women's health problems and their responses to these experiences. Students will be introduced to the physical and psychological aspects associated with selected womens health problems. The issue of women's experience of 'what is happening to me' and 'woman's sense of self' will be explored. The focus will be on fostering a positive self-image for women through facilitating participation in informed decision-making and taking responsibility for self-care and optimising wellness.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to: describe the essential components to be considered when performing a comprehensive women's health assessment; discuss the principles of primary health care in the promotion of health and wellness with diverse groups of women experiencing treatment for a range of women's health problems; discuss common health problems women may experience throughout various life stages; describe physical and psychological aspects associated with selected women's health problems; identify the range of responses a woman may experience when confronted with a body altering health problem; explore strategies to promote women's participation in informed decision-making and taking responsibility for self-care; relate reflective practice and the implementation of evidence-informed care to quality care in midwifery practice; and demonstrate beginning level midwifery competency based upon the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.
Online Quiz: 10%
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%
Examination: 60% (Hurdle)
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Midwifery, Honours degree of Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Carole Gilmour (Peninsula) |
This unit will focus on students developing knowledge and skills relating to midwives and nurses working in partnership with women experiencing breast and other women's reproductive health concerns. It will include care of women experiencing diagnostic and/or therapeutic procedures within the context of reproductive health, including women's cancers and urinary conditions. Students' learning will focus on the role of the midwife or nurse as a provider of primary care for women across the reproductive health lifespan with emphasis on skill development in women's health assessment, promoting wellness, discharge planning, woman-centred care planning, care delivery and evaluation.
On completion of this unit the student should be able:
Formative:
Journaling exercises, online discussions
Summative:
Written assignment (2,500-3,000 words) 30%
Presentation (20 minute group presentation) 20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Flexible. This unit will require student attendance on campus for a maximum of the equivalent of 4 hours per week for 12 weeks.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jan Jones (Gippsland), Dr Carole Gilmour (Peninsula) |
This unit will assist students within the context of the family to apply, in the nursery, foundational knowledge of the caring for babies with special needs. The student will gain beginning skills necessary for a midwife to be a competent member of the multidisciplinary team. Supervised practice in the Level two Nursery will facilitate the development of ACMI (Inc) competencies, where reflection and utilisation of evidence is required to meet the varied needs of babies with special needs and the family. Experience in this environment will allow the student to appreciate the complexity of the family experience.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to:
Essay (2500 words): 40%
Presentation (20 minutes): 20%
Examination (2 hour): 40%
Hurdle requirement (Clinical assessment): Pass/Fail
This unit will require student attendance on campus and/or in practice for a maximum of 12 hours per week for 12 weeks. There will be time allocated in practice for students to complete clinical assessment.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Suzanne Willey |
This unit provides students with a comprehensive and clinically meaningful final preparation for transition to practice as a competent beginning level midwife. The unit provides students with the opportunity to explore in detail a range of midwifery and medically led models of care and the midwifery leadership necessary to promote the profession, providing childbearing women with choice in the care they receive. Students are provided with the opportunity to explore contemporary midwifery practice, regulatory and professional issues and identify evidence informed midwifery practices.
On completion of this unit students will have had the opportunity to:
Essay (3,000 words) (40%)
Case Study (3,000 words) (60%)
Clinical placement with clinical assessment (160 hours) (Fail/Pass)
Clinical portfolio with all minimum requirements completed (Fail/Pass)
Students must pass the clinical assessment to pass the unit. Students must submit the clinical portfolio for audit in order to be course completed.
This is a flexible unit with a number of compulsory on campus workshops.
One four hour orientation session and three four hour compulsory on-campus workshops: 16 hours
Self-directed learning: 60 hours
Clinical placement: 240 hours
Total: 316 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carolyn Bailey (Gippsland), Ms Meredith McIntyre (Peninsula) |
This practice unit provides students with a comprehensive and clinically meaningful final preparation for transition to practice as a competent first level registered midwife, in an area of their choosing. The unit utilises principles of adult learning to enable students to explore an area of special interest such as midwifery practice in rural and remote locations, neonatal intensive care nursery and care of childbearing women at risk.
Having successfully completing this unit, it is expected that the student will:
Clinical Objectives
At the completion of this unit student will be able to:
6 x on-line discussions to expand and explore knowledge (500 words each): 30%
Complex case study of Mother and baby (3000 words): 70%
Clinical Assessment: Pass/Fail. Students must pass the clinical assessment to pass the unit.
4 hours teacher directed; 240 hours clinical practice
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biro (Peninsula), Dr Maureen Miles (Gippsland) |
The unit will prepare students with the theoretical knowledge and skills to assess, examine and initiate emergency management on the newborn infant. Anatomy and physiology relating to the newborn infant and human lactation will be explored. Students will develop an understanding of multidisciplinary care and collaborative practice in the management of sick newborn infants in a Level II Nursery. In addition, students will critically analyze all nutritional choices for well and sick babies and develop an understanding of the socio-cultural elements surrounding the care of newborn and their families.
Written assignment (2,500 words) (25%)
Case study (2,500 words) (25%)
Exam (3 hours) (50%) (Students must achieve a pass in the final examination to pass the unit) (Hurdle)
Clinical practice assessment (Pass/Fail) (Students must pass clinical placement to pass the unit) (Hurdle)
Linked neonatal skills assessments x 5 (Pass/Fail)
Lectures, Tutorials, Laboratories: 54 hours
Clinical: 96 hours
Individual Study: 162 hours
Total: 312 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Maureen Miles |
This unit focuses on the interplay between the socio-political issues that pervade the clinical arena of midwifery. These include for example how economic and class factors impact on vulnerable populations who are pregnant or giving birth. It facilitates the student to a greater understanding of vulnerability in childbearing women.
The unit also includes issues such as violence within the family, child abuse, sexual assault drug abuse and associated pathologies. The special needs of Indigenous women and their families will be addressed. Additionally, the birthing needs of refugees and asylum seekers and their families will be explored. The emphasis of the unit will be grounded in the philosophy of adult learning encouraging the student to be self-directed in the identification of their learning needs.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
1. Poster and abstract and presentation that address a socio-political issue that influences childbearing women, families and midwifery practice. 60%
2. Reflective essay on specific vulnerabilities of the student's choice, that affect childbearing women and their families 20% (Objectives 1,2,4).
3. Critical analysis of a contemporary journal article that addresses socio-political issues of vulnerability in midwifery practice 20% (Objectives 1,2,3,4,5).
4. Clinical Practice (Clinical Hurdles) Pass/Fail
116 hours total study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Depth (Enhance Program) |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ramesh Rajan |
This unit examines how humans conceptualize, respond to and treat illness and well-being.
It is a Monash Passport II "Depth" unit designed to help students to broaden and deepen their understanding of the world from different disciplinary bases. These units will be linked to the 'Enhance' Program of The Monash Passport II, a distinctive suite of programs in which students are given the opportunity to develop a range of skills and abilities that not only serve as a foundation for career development, but can also be applied to transform local and international communities. Successful completion of the depth units will be noted in both student transcripts and in Australian Higher Education Graduation Statements (AHEGS).
This unit will use a case-based and thematic approach to understand humans approach illness and well-being. Two study areas will be used, from a pool of 6-8 broad-ranging conditions which may include areas such as Obesity and the formation of body image, Autism and awareness of self and others, Schizophrenia and concepts of free will, Depression and the meaning of happiness, Alzheimer's disease and the sense of being human, Ageing and decay, and conceptions of mortality.
A weekly theme-based approach to learning will be used, with themes from the perspectives of Biomedicine, Art, Philosophy among others and the unit will be taught by staff from different disciplines across Monash. The unit aims to be very strongly research-centred to allow students to develop an evidence-based attitude to health and illness in particular, and to life in general. The evidence-based multi-disciplinary approach will allow students to develop the broadest possible perspective and understanding of human concepts, attitudes and responses to health, well-being and illness. They will also help instill attitudes and skills critical to involvement in transforming local and international communities.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Journal club presentations (group work): 20%; Lecture style presentations (group work): 25%; Design portfolio for a website (group work): 25%; Essay (individual work): 30%
4 hours of workshops, 2 hours of student led research centred activities per week and 2 hours of journal club presentations per week. An additional 6 hours of private study is recommended.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Depth (Enhance Program) |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Bradley Crammond |
There is no issue of greater importance today than that of promoting global development. Contemporary global health challenges are closely related to problems of development. Consequently, global health solutions require interdisciplinary perspectives and intersectoral collaboration across health and development. In this Unit, developed in collaboration with Oxfam Australia as part of the Oxfam/Monash Partnership, students will identify how, where and why global and transnational issues impact on people's health. They will consider why multidisciplinary approaches to research, policy and practice are so important and why evidence based policy and practice are required to address such complex health challenges. Working in groups to address a series of case studies, students will investigate some of the big questions of global health and development, involving poverty reduction and equality of access to health. For the first time, in 2014 between 3 and 5 students will have the opportunity to complete a semester-long internship at Oxfam Australia.
On completion of this unit you will be able to:
Some lectures may be conducted at Oxfam Australia to accommodate guest lecturers.
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of tutorials
Literature review - 40%: 2000 words
Syndicate (Group) Presentation - 20%
Case evaluation - 40%: 2000 words (for the students completing the internship the case evaluation will be developed from their work at Oxfam)
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Virginia Plummer |
NEH3001 is the second of two units offered in the Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health related to interprofessional teams. The underpinning framework of this unit and NEH2002 Interprofessional healthcare Teams 1 are based on the 'Interprofessional capability Framework" developed by the combined Universities Interprofessional Learning Unit, in Sheffield, UK. The guidelines generated from this framework relate to practice-based learning and fall within four conceptual domains: Knowledge in Practice, Ethical Practice, Interprofessional Working and Reflection.
At the completion of this unit students will be able to:
Theme 1: Knowledge in Practice
Theme II: Ethical Practice
Theme III: Interprofessional Working
Theme IV: Reflection
Written reports on case-based team learning exercises: 40%
Self, peer and tutor assessments of group work and simulated team exercises: 30%
Assignment: 30%
12 hours per week including contact time and private study, averaged over the 12 week semester - a total of 156 hours.
NEH2002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | L. Walker |
This clinical unit focuses on the preparation of the student for the transition to interprofessional practice as a multi-skilled health professional. The unit will examine the management of self and others, organizational structures within healthcare practice, evaluation of leadership teamwork, risk management and multidisciplinary decision making. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences designed to enhance their appreciation of health professionals' roles and teamwork skills. Specific clinical contexts of learning will be acute care emergencies, mental health emergencies and disaster management.
On completion of this unit the students will be able to:
Written assignment: 60%
Reflective journal (2000 words): 40%
Nursing Clinical assessment: Pass/Fail
Paramedic clinical skills logbook: Pass/Fail
Lectures and laboratory sessions will be conducted on two full study days to facilitate clinical placements throughout the semester.
This unit involves two clinical placements
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | L. Walker |
This unit continues to develop the student's ability to provide health care in community based emergency health and hospital settings. It builds on the model of clinical competence and the context of clinical practice commenced in previous years of this course. It provides context to support the clinical theory unit concurrently undertaken in this semester, BEH3032. Supervised clinical experience is undertaken over 2 weeks in ambulance and community based health settings. Hospital experience involves 2 weeks in hospital critical care areas, including coronary care unit, with an ICU orientation, operating theatre for airway care and fluid management and recovery, and an emergency department.
On completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Reflective Practice Assignment: 55%
Inter-professional Case Reviews: 45%
Clinical Practice Portfolio: Pass/Fail.
The equivalent of 4 weeks full time supervised clinical placement - a total of 152 hours.
Enrolment in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (3892) and BEH3032
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Katrina Recoche (Peninsula), TBA (Berwick), Louisa Lam (Clayton) |
Health professionals need to be able to communicate effectively with patients and their families, and with colleagues in the health care team. They also need to communicate with a wider scholarly community in order to implement evidence-based approaches in their practice and contribute to research evidence to advance the nursing knowledge base. These instances of communication require that professionals engage in a process of lifelong learning facilitated by reflection and critical thinking and by independent learning skills.
The aim of this unit is to enable students to develop as independent learners and competent communicators in four areas:
This unit explores the knowledge and skills needed to communicate effectively in each of these four areas as well as the way in which these areas interact with one another.
Following a brief introduction to the concepts of research and the nature of research evidence, this unit covers the essential elements of reflective practice and critical thinking, academic and information literacies, developmental psychology and oral and written communication including electronic patient records and telehealth,. Effective listening, body language, professional and therapeutic relationships, anger management, coping and conflict resolution are also explored.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Individual electronic portfolio including a range of tasks:
Structured writing task: 15%
Essay: 30%
Reading and reflective activities: 45%
Integration of portfolio: 10%
One
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 3562 or 3892 or 4506 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Pamela Wood (Gippsland) |
This unit introduces students to the Australian health care system, social determinants of health and the burden of disease experienced by individuals and groups differentially located in Australian society. The unit will explore societal values and the ethical dimensions of health care including access, equity, autonomy, justice, beneficence, and non-maleficence. Students will also investigate the evolving role and place of nursing in the health care system and reflect on how the profession is likely to further evolve globally in the twenty first century.
Written assignment (2500-3000 words): 40%;
Group Work: 20%;
1x 2hr examination: 40%
Attend lecture 2 hours and tutorial 2 hours/ week over 12 weeks and 9 hours of self directed study/week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joy Lyneham (Peninsula) |
This unit introduces the student to the concept of culture from a sociological perspective. Social determinants of health, supported by epidemiological evidence, will be explored taking into account the influence of gender, family, and ethnicity on health outcomes. The concept of values and ethical principles within healthcare communities will be introduced. Using critical thinking processes students will evaluate the influence that the 'socialisation of nursing' phenomena has on the defining characteristics of the Australian nursing workforce culture. The forces of globalisation on healthcare in the future and the nursing profession will be discussed.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Written Assignment (2500 words): 40%
Three (3) online, short answer, quizzes: 60% (20% per quiz)
Workload requirement: This unit will be offered as on campus flexible delivery mode consisting of three (3) hours lectures per week supported with one (1) hour of online guided learning activities per week for 12 weeks.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Stankiewicz (Peninsula), TBA (Clayton) |
This unit introduces students to the beginning knowledge and skills of the professional nurse. The Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC) competency standards for the registered nurse are utilised as a framework to guide students in relation to person-centred care, patient safety, cultural and contextual competence and developing practice.
This unit includes the theoretical and practical foundations of clinical practice and processes in the clinical environment. In this unit you learn how to individualise care and undertake basic clinical skills that are fundamental in the care of individuals and groups. It is here you begin to explore the art and science that underpins the practice of a professional registered nurse.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical placement one (1) week (40 hours)
Written assignment (2,000 words) 40%
Written examination 60%
Satisfactory clinical placement report.
To pass this unit the student must pass the examination and the clinical placement.
Lectures two
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 2552 or 3562 or 3892 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Katrina Recoche |
This unit will provide students with an enhanced understanding of the role culture plays in the lives of people from different backgrounds, the role of culture on health beliefs and the implications for health professionals. The unit will explore cultural safety and cultural responsiveness/cultural competency using the NH&MRC National Guidelines for Cultural Competence in Health as a framework. Students will be provided with the opportunity to explore their own values and beliefs and contrast these with the values and beliefs of others in the community.
The unit will use various community-based clinical and social issues as a vehicle to enable students to engage with and develop skills in applying the principles of cultural responsiveness/cultural competency in health care delivery, in the setting of our diverse multi-cultural and Indigenous communities. This unit will underpin the 'Cultural Responsiveness/ Cultural Competency' theme in the respective courses which will be enhanced throughout subsequent units.
OR
Quiz, 30 minute, 10%.
Workbook, 2,000 words, 40%
Exam, 2 hour, 40%
Tutorial attendance and participation 10%
24 Lecture Hours, 12 tutorial hours or online learning activities, 36 hours directed reading activities, 80 hours student directed.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Catherine Chung (Gippsland) |
This unit introduces students to the fundamentals of nursing care for individuals and communities by introducing concepts, processes and skills required for nursing practice Concepts introduced include body mechanics, pain and comfort, the collection of health and nutritional profiles and issues of growth and development across the individual's lifespan. It aims to introduce students to complementary therapies and the notion of healthy lifestyles for the older and younger person. The unit includes theoretical and practical information about nursing skills, concepts and processes in a clinical practice component.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written examination: 50%. Students must pass this examination to pass the unit
Clinical fieldwork: 50%
Practical skills examination: pass/fail. Students must pass this examination to pass the unit
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled laboratories - refer to school guidelines for details
12 weeks x 2 hours lectures, 12 weeks x 2 hours laboratories, 8 hours student directed learning activities, 96 hours of clinical placement.
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing Practice, Bachelor of Nursing Practice/ Bachelor of Midwifery, Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Heather Butigieg (Clayton), Mr Mark Browning (Berwick), Ms Katie Piper (Peninsula) |
This unit examines fundamental knowledge and skills in preparation for the care of individuals. Emphasis is placed on systematic health assessment and the development and evaluation of appropriate person-centred care, incorporating the legal and ethical dimensions of care. The clinical practise experience undertaken in this unit is an integral component of the development of the nurse/midwife and concentrates on the practical application of theoretical principles explored in this unit.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical placement two (2) weeks, (80 hours)
Written assignment (2,000 words) 40%
Examination 60%,
Clinical placement Pass/Fail
Clinical skills examination Pass/Fail
Drug Calculation and mastery Pass/Fail (Hurdle)
Students must pass the clinical placement, clinical skills assessments and calculation hurdle to pass this unit.
Lectures two
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 2552 or 3562 or 3892 or 4506 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Suzanne Willey (Peninsula), Georgina Willets (Clayton) |
Leadership is fundamental to the nature of nursing and midwifery; in the formation of safe practice, interdisciplinary relationships, education, research and health care delivery.
In this unit, nursing leadership is explored by examining the historical nature of leadership in nursing. The social construct of leadership will be investigated in the context of interpersonal organisational health care relationships and clinical practice. A major feature of the unit is an exploration of the professional values and ethics that form the basis of decision making in health care systems and nursing practice.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Tutorial attendance and participation 10%
Student-led discussion 50%
Final Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Lectures two
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Diploma of Tertiary Studies
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Gippsland) |
The aim of this unit is to enable students to develop tertiary study skills and knowledge that will assist them to become a scholar of nursing. Particular attention will be given to the development of communication, literacy, information technology and critical thinking and clinical decision making skills. The significance of research to the development of a distinct, specialised body of knowledge will be emphasised. The research process will be introduced as a basis for the development of skills in the evaluation and application of research outcomes in nursing practice. The contribution of scholarship to the evolution of nursing as a professional discipline will be explored in this unit.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Tutorial presentation: 20%
Written Assignment: 40%
Exam: 40%
4 hours per week (lecture and tutorial)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2014 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Berwick),TBA (Gippsland) and Dr.Debra Griffiths (Peninsula) |
The aim of this unit is to introduce students to the legal system including the processes and institutions that impact on professional practice. Students will identify the law as it relates to the delivery of health services including professional standards and regulation, complaint mechanisms and relevant legal forums including the coroner's court. Students will be encouraged to explore the health professional's relationship and obligations owed to patients, patient families and professional colleagues in the various health care environments.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Essay (3000 words) (45%)
Written exam (2 hours) (45%)
2 x online quizzes (15 mins each) (5% each)
Lectures two (2) hours per week, Tutorial one (1) hour per week
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 2552 Diploma of Tertiary Studies or 3445 Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 3963 Bachelor of Nursing Practice
4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Catherine Chung (Peninsula) |
This unit extends the concepts of health, wellness and evidence-based nursing and midwifery practice introduced in previous units. Students will use knowledge derived from social and biological sciences to inform the development of skills in health assessment. An introduction to concepts and skills fundamental to the practice of nursing will enable students to undertake nursing care that is culturally and developmentally contemporaneous. As communication is the cornerstone of effective assessment and therapeutic interventions, interpersonal skills are emphasized in this unit.
On the completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Assignment: 30%; Case study: 20%; Examination: 50%; Practical examination (e.g. OSCE): Pass/Fail; Clinical practicum: Pass/Fail.
Students must successfully complete both the theoretical and practical components in order to pass this unit.
6 hours on-campus, 1 hour on-line learning per week plus 120 hours clinical practicum
Students enrolled in 2552 must have passed: ATS1369 and NUR1101, Otherwise must have passed NUR1101, NUR1201
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Meredith McIntyre |
This unit aims to explore the connection between the science of population health, the sociology pertaining to the life lived and health outcomes of individuals and populations. In particular, the implications these factors have for health care practice will be examined. current research evidence incorporating epidemiology of health and the social determinants of health, supported by the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC) National Competency Standards for the Registered Nurse and for the Midwife and the School of Nursing and Midwifery graduate
On completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Group Presentation (20 minutes) and Written Synopsis (2,000 words) (30%)
Online Quiz (20 minutes) (10%)
Written Examination (2 hours) (60%)
Lectures two (2) hours per week, Tutorials one
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 3892 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ainsley James (Gippsland), Md.Nadim Rahman(Peninsula) |
This unit introduces the concepts of medical and surgical nursing across the lifespan along with an introduction to pharmacology. A case based approach is used to facilitate the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review. Systems studied include respiratory, cardiovascular and endocrine. Pain management and wound assessment and integrity, introduced in first year, are explored at an increasingly complex level. The clinical practicum component provides opportunities to develop competency to a year two (2) level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement 3 weeks (120 hours)
Examination: 60%
Case study: 30%
Quizzes: 10%
Skill assessment: Pass/Fail Clinical placement assessment, 100% mastery Calculation hurdle. Students must achieve a pass in the examination,the skill assessment and the clinical placement to pass the unit.
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories, unless a medical certificate is provided - refer to school's clinical policy for details.
Five (5) hours lectures per week supported by 2 hours laboratory, 1 hour of tutorial with two (2) hours of online guided learning activities per week plus three (3) weeks of clinical placement at five(5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week).
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), Bachelor of Nursing Practice, Bachelor of Nursing Practice/Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing Community Health.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Bairnsdale Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Berwick), Dr Sonia Allen (Gippsland), Ms Lin Zhao (Peninsula), TBA (Clayton) |
This unit builds upon the epidemiology of aging populations, pandemics, and sociology introduced in the first year of the course. The context of health services on determining emerging practice for health professionals is explored. Students are introduced to issues of management in healthcare, care planning, discharge planning and global health care considerations. Issues with reference to: patients' rights, ethical theories and principles, and ethical reasoning are explored as applied to clinical situations where, moral obligation, moral responsibility, moral distress and ethical dilemmas are likely to arise. Critical thinking skills will be developed.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment (3000 words): 50%
On-line quiz (20 minutes): 20%
Group presentation (1,000 words): 30%
Three (3) hours lectures per week supported with one (1) hour of online guided learning activities per week for 10 weeks.
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 3963 Bachelor of Nursing Practice or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Berwick), Ms Ainsley James (Gippsland), Nadim Radim (Peninsula) |
This unit explores the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review. The interrelationship and symptom specific of the following systems, neurological, musculoskeletal, renal, vascular and haematological and gender issues related to health are studied. Pain management and wound integrity studied in NUR2002 - Nursing practice in Context 1, are explored at an increasing complex level. The clinical practicum component of this unit provides the student the opportunity to develop competency to a year two (2) level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement 2 weeks (80 hours)
Examination: 60%
Case study: 30%
Quizzes: 10%
Skill assessment: Pass/Fail Clinical placement assessment, 100% mastery Calculation hurdle. Students must achieve a pass in the examination, the skill assessment and the clinical placement to pass the unit.
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories unless a medical certificate can be provided- refer to school's clinical policy for details.
Five
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Suzanne Willey (Peninsula) |
This elective unit provides students with an introduction to maternity and paediatric nursing.
Students will explore the roles and responsibilities of the nurse in supporting care of women and their families throughout the childbearing process. Emphasis is on normal pregnancy and postpartum care of mother and baby.
The unit also extends learning from core units around medical and surgical care and special needs of children.
Two (2) x 2000 workbooks - each 2000 words (20% each)
Examination worth - Two (2) hours (60%).
Students must pass the examination to pass the unit
Four (4) hours lecture/tutorial/laboratory
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Gippsland) |
Therapeutics plays a significant role in the prevention and management of disease. Nurses and midwives must have a comprehensive knowledge of the actions and effects of medications consumed by patients in their care to provide safe, competent and effective medication administration. Understanding drugs requires a strong foundation of pharmacologic principles to help establish the knowledge-base to underpin safe nursing practice. This unit examines fundamental knowledge and skills to promote the therapeutic application of drugs in the clinical setting and to enhance the ability to provide patient care and education.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to be able to:
Clinical drug education plan (2000 words):25%;
Group assignment :25%; Exam (2 hours): 50%.
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled laboratories/tutorials - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
4 hours per week (lectures, tutorials, labs) x 9 weeks;
1 hour per week on line guided learning x 9 weeks
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Katrina Recoche |
An important component of our health system is the services provided for those living with terminal illness. The health needs of these individuals are diverse and often change over time. An interdisciplinary approach will be used to engage students in building fundamental knowledge and skill for the provision of palliative care in any setting. This unit aims to develop the abilities of health professionals and other graduates to care for persons with life limiting illness, by improving awareness of the principles and values underpinning palliative care, communication, clinical assessment and interventions and optimizing function in palliative care and coping with dying and bereavement. This unit is a prerequisite for NUR3007 'Clinical experience in the palliative approach'.
Comprehensive case study: 40%
Essay: 40%
Tutorial Participation: 20%
Three 3 hour compulsory workshops in weeks 1,2 and 3 of the semester, followed by weekly 1 hour podcast lectures.
Enrolment in 2nd or 3rd year of an undergraduate degree related to health sciences.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | John Field (Gippsland) |
This unit provides the opportunity for the student to develop fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health. Students will be expected to assess people with mental health problems and to identify, prioritize and implement appropriate evidence based interventions. The guiding principles of the National Practice Standards for the Mental Health Workforce including: rights, responsibilities, safety and privacy, consumer and carer participation, awareness of diversity, early detection and intervention, ethical practice and professional responsibilities underpin the unit contents. Topics covered in this unit include: the mental health workforce, mental health and illness, psychiatric assessment, legal and ethical care, psychotropic medications, the mental health system, the consumer and carer movement, acute psychosis, mood disorders, peri-natal mental disorders, personality disorders and anxiety disorders.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week
Written assignment: 30%
On line quizzes: 10%
Formal examination: 60%
Clinical Assessment: Pass/fail
100% attendance mandatory .
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled tutorials - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
Two (2) hours lecture per week
Two (2) hr tutorial per week
One (1) hour for self directed reading and quizzes per week
Two (2) - five (5) hours of private study weekly
Clinical placement - 80 hours
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) Bachelor of Nursing Practice, Bachelor of Nursing Practice/Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Noelleen Kiprillis (Berwick), Robyn Fairhall (Peninsula), TBA (Clayton) |
This unit introduces concepts of medical and surgical nursing and pharmacology, across the lifespan. A case based approach is used to facilitate the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review. Systems studied include respiratory, cardiovascular, neurological, renal and endocrine. The topics of pain management, wound assessment and clinical assessment skills introduced in year one will be further developed as each system is studied. Clinical simulation exercises will be utilised in laboratory sessions to develop and enhance the acquisition of clinical skills. The clinical practicum component provides opportunities to develop competency to a year two (2) level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement four (4) weeks (160 hours)
Case study (2000 words) 30%
Examination 60%
Quizzes 10%
Clinical placement Pass/Fail
Clinical skills examination Pass/Fail
Medication mastery hurdle 100%
Lectures six
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3562 Bachelor of Midwifery
3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or
4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Karen Harder (Peninsula Campus), Mr Eddie Robinson (Berwick Campus), TBA (Clayton) |
This unit provides the opportunity for the student to develop fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health. Students will be expected to assess people with mental health problems and to identify, prioritise and implement appropriate evidence based interventions and management strategies.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Essay (2000 words ) 30%
Online Quizzes 10%
Examination (two (2) hours) 60%
Lectures two
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Midwifery.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Noelleen Kiprillis (Berwick), Nadim Rahman (Peninsula), Loretta Garvey (Clayton) |
Using a lifespan approach this unit builds on semester one learning in NUR2106 and further explores the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review.
There will be an emphasis on the general paediatric population and commonly presenting conditions that relate specifically to this group. Other systems that will be studied include musculoskeletal, gastroenterological, haematological and vascular conditions. Clinical simulation exercises will be utilised in laboratory sessions to develop and enhance the acquisition of clinical skills.
The clinical practicum component provides opportunities to develop competency to a second year level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement two (2) weeks (80 hours)
Case study (30%)
Examination (60%) (Students must achieve a pass in the final examination to pass the unit) (Hurdle)
Quizzes (10%)
Clinical placement (Pass/Fail) (Students must achieve a pass in the final examination to pass the unit) (Hurdle)
Clinical skills examination (Pass/Fail)
Medication Mastery (Hurdle)
Lectures six
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3562 Bachelor of Midwifery or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Charanjit Singh (Peninsula), Mr Eddie Robinson (Berwick), TBA (Clayton) |
This Mental Health Nursing unit draws upon student's prior theoretical knowledge, skills and attitudes from NUR2107. This unit will focus upon professional issues including self care, clinical supervision; utilising evidence based nursing interventions and preparation for clinical practice.
This unit has a 4 week clinical component, where students will apply evidence based nursing care and interventions with mentally ill consumers and their carers.
Theoretical principles and standards of practice are derived from the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Registered Nurse, the ACMHN Standards of Practice for Australian Mental Health Nurses, current evidenced based care and associated legislation.
On completion of this unit it is expected that students will be able to;
Clinical Placement four (4) weeks (160 hours)
Essay (2,000 words) - 35%
One online MH nursing quiz - 10 %
(Complete prior to clinical)
Examination (2 hours) - 55%
Clinical practice Pass / Fail Satisfactory completion of clinical practice is required to pass this unit.
Tutorials 2 hours per week x 6 weeks,
Guided work (Case based studies) 1 hour per week x 6 weeks, On line Quiz 1 hr
Self directed readings 1hr per week x 6 weeks, Clinical Placement (Mental Health) x 4 weeks (160 hours)
100% for tutorials (on-campus) and 100% for clinical placements
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Stankiewicz (PENINSULA) |
The aim of this unit is to provide registered nurses with a comprehensive foundation for the assessment of clients' health status in order to determine and deliver competent nursing care based upon the goals of health restoration, maintenance and promotion.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to be able to:
Assignment 1: 25%
Assignment 2: 25%
Exam: 50%
One (1) hour of lecture per week
Two (2) hours of tutorial per week
Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week.
NUR1102 Health assessment in clinical practice
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
The purpose of this unit is to provide the student with an understanding of the management process, as it applies to the delivery of nursing care to clientele in a variety of settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to be able to:
Assignments: 100%
Assignment 1: 2000 words - 40%
Assignment 2: 3000 words - 60%
TBA
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Grainne LoweGeorgina Willetts (Clayton) |
The aim of this unit is to develop in students an understanding of the basic principles of pain and wound care management as they relate to nursing, as responsible and appropriate nursing intervention is frequently a determinant of the overall success of therapy. The need for the nurse to develop a broad knowledge base of wound and pain management and therapeutic regimes is considered an essential element of professional clinical practice.
At the completion of these modules of study, , the student is expected to be able to:
Module One case study 25%
Module Two case study: 25%
Examination: 50%.
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Simon Cooper (BERWICK), Ms Lin Zhao (PENINSULA) |
This unit introduces the student to the concept of evidence based practice and its application to health care. The evidence based practice model will be presented as the framework to encourage students to reflect on the current evidence base of contemporary clinical practices. The unit will introduce the student to the principles underpinning qualitative and quantitative research approaches, the research process and methodology and the ethical issues of undertaking research. Students will explore the different levels of evidence through reviewing research reports on topical issues of practice within healthcare delivery.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Major assignment: 60%
On-line quizzes: 40%
This unit will consist of :
Two (2) hours lectures per week, supplemented by a minimum of four (4) online podcasts for the remaining weeks of the semester
Two (2) hours tutorials per week.
NB: Tutorials are compulsory for students not attending clinical placement; students required to attend clinical placement must attend a minimum seven (7) tutorials per semester
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, the Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), the Bachelor of Midwifery, the Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing Community Health.
BEH2021
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jill Stow (Peninsula), Kelli Innes (Berwick) |
This clinical practice unit provides an introduction to the management of clients with complex and or life threatening health problems across the lifespan with a particular focus on the acute care needs of the ageing individual. A case based approach will be utilized to facilitate the integration of advance health assessment skills, evidenced based practice and application of ethical principles in the management of complex nursing situations.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement two (2) weeks (80 hours)
Case Study / Written Assignment (2500 - 3000 words) - 40%
Examination (2 hours) - 60%
Students must pass the clinical placement to pass this unit
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination to achieve a pass in this unit.
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories, unless a medical certificate is provided - refer to school's clinical policy for details.
Two
Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 80 hours in total)
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2014 (Day) Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Judith Lyons (Gippsland), Melissa Bloomer (Peninsula), Ruth Desouza (Berwick) |
Education is a key part of the work of health care professionals through provision of patient, peer and student teaching. Understanding teaching and learning theories and approaches is fundamental to delivering effective teaching. This unit aims to introduce students to teaching and learning for clinical practice. It will explore theory underpinning teaching and learning as well as provide opportunities for skills development in planning and delivering teaching
On completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Peer Teaching Plan (2500 words): 40%
Essay: 60%
Hurdle - To pass this unit the student must participate in a 2 hour peer teaching activity and a compulsory 3 hour IPL delirium workshop.
Two (2) hours of lecture per week
One (1) hour of tutorial per week
Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week
Plus hurdle requirements
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3562 Bachelor of Midwifery or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or3963 Bachelor of Nursing Practice or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet (Peninsula), Ms Kelli Innes (Berwick) |
This clinical unit focuses on the preparation of the student for the transition to practice as a professional nurse. The emphasis of the unit will be grounded in the philosophy of adult learning encouraging the student to be self-directed in the identification of their learning needs. In preparing for practice the unit will examine the management of self and others, organizational structures within healthcare practice, evaluation of leadership, teamwork, risk management and multidisciplinary decision making.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement four (4) weeks (160 hours)
Written assignment (3,000 words) (60%)
Learning project (2,000 words) (40%)
Clinical placement (160 hours) (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)
Students must achieve a pass the clinical placement to pass the unit
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled tutorials - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
Two (2) hours of lecture per week
Two (2) hours of tutorial fortnightly
Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week
Four (4) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 160 hours in total)
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Melissa Bloomer |
This unit focuses on multi-disciplinary care and models of care delivery with an emphasis on ageing, chronic and life limiting illness. With the evolving role of the nurse as primary care providers it introduces the student to the issues facing older people and will include healthy ageing, the ageing process, polypharmacy, lifestyle issues, advanced health assessment related to people with complex health needs and legal and ethical issues associated with aging, chronic illness and palliative care.
On completion of this unit the student will be expected to be able to:
Clinical Placement two (2) weeks (80 hours)
Examination (3 hour) (50%)
Assignment (40%)
Online guided activity (10%)
Clinical placement assessment (100% attendance) (Pass/Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the clinical placement to pass the unit
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled laboratories - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
Students are required to attend 80% of clinical workshops/tutorials, unless they are able to provide medical or other certification.
Two (2) hours of lecture per week
Two (2) hours of tutorial
Four (4) hours guided study per week
Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 80 hours in total)
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Lee |
This unit applies the clinical capabilities articulated in the national palliative care curriculum for undergraduates (PCC4U1) to clinical learning activities. Students develop clinical capabilities in the palliative approach by working with a mentor in specialist clinical practice, providing care to people with life limiting illness and their families. The unit uses a flexible approach that allows students to negotiate the terms of their clinical time with a mentor to guide their development. The use of virtual tutorials and ongoing feedback from faculty will assist students to reflect on these experiences and integrate theory with practice.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical capability portfolio (Pass / Fail)
Weekly clinical reflective log (60%)
Virtual tutorial group work (40%)
162 hours (1 day per week negotiated clinical, 2 hours per week mentor guided activities, 2 hours per week self directed activities, 2 hours per week student led virtual tutorial).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Christina Game |
This unit addresses issues associated with transition to rural nursing practice and prepares students for the expanded generalist role that characterises rural nursing practice. Concerned with preparing students for a satisfying and sustainable rural nursing career, the unit requires students to explore opportunities for continuing education, professional affiliation and engagement and career advancement.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
interdisciplinary collaboration in facilitating case management and optimal health
outcomes;
incidents commonly associated with the Division 1RN role;
advancing health outcomes;
nature of nursing practice;
Clinical Objectives:
clinical workloads;
Assignment (3,000 words) (50%)
Clinical learning contract (20%)
Clinical report (reflective) (30%)
3 hour lecture per week, 2 hour tutorial per week, 2 hours on-line activities per week for 4 weeks. A total of 124 hours of Student directed learning.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Gippsland), Mr Charanjit Singh (Peninsula) |
This unit will further develop the student's knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health and recovery from mental illness. Students are expected to care for people with selected mental disorders including psychotic disorders, personality disorders, eating disorders, delirium and dementia, and substance-related disorders. Emphasis is placed upon empowerment of the individual and caregiver using the stress/vulnerability model and carer based management. The unit also encompasses management of aggression, crisis intervention and case management, the importance of self care.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Clinical Placement two (2) weeks (80 hours).
Written assessment (25%)
Tutorial worksheets (15%)
Examination (60%)
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled laboratories - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
Two
Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Karen Missen |
This unit will incorporate an introduction to high acuity nursing of severely ill patients. Using a systematic approach to patient assessment, students will develop skills in caring for patients with, altered circulation, multi-organ failure, shock states and trauma. The focus will be on high acuity care and include other specialist areas of nursing practice such as critical care, perioperative, coronary care, acute medical surgical, emergency nursing and paediatric nursing with an emphasis of caring for patients across the lifespan.
Educational Objectives:
On completion of this unit students are expected to:
Clinical Objectives:
Essay exploring the management of a high acuity patient (3,000 words) (30%)
Written examination (3 hours) (60%)
Online activities (10%)
Clinical assessment (Pass / Fail)
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories - refer to school clinical guidelines for details. Students must obtain a pass grade in the examination in order to obtain an overall pass grade for this unit.
7 hours a week (lectures, tutorials, labs) plus 160 hours clinical. Guided Learning: One (1) hour per week for self directed reading.
Must be enrolled in course 4514.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joy Lyneham |
An important component of our health system is to provide appropriate care for individuals experiencing a sudden health crisis. Often this crisis results in an individual requiring attendance to an Emergency department (ED) or admission to a critical care area such as a Coronary Care (CCU) or Intensive Care unit (ICU). To respond effectively to these needs, nurses require specific knowledge and skills to provide rapid and continuing assessment based on current evidence based practice in the ED, CCU and ICU. This unit extends on acquired nursing knowledge and skills, enhancing students' abilities to manage a crisis situation in critical care and generalist areas.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Written assignment (2,500 words) (40%)
Case study (3,500 words) (60%)
Lectures 2 hours per week, Tutorial/ Laboratory 2 hours per week.
NUR3004. Must be enrolled in course 0727.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Catherine Wilkin |
This unit focuses on an integrated structure for health and wellbeing in the community using the continuum from birth to end of life. This unit will provide opportunities for students to develop fundamental knowledge, incorporate primary health care theories and concepts. This process will expand their burgeoning skills and attitudes relevant to the prevention, restoration and maintenance of optimal health and wellbeing, specific to a range of community settings. Students will be supported to explore and develop knowledge significant to the family and health care needs so the individual and/or family become central to their management of optimal health. The clinical practice component will provide students with opportunities to incorporate theoretical learning into care and begin the transition to graduate practice.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Critique of a journal article (2,000 words) (20%)
Literature review (2,000 words) (30%)
Written assignment: Journal article format (3,000 - 4,000 words) (50%)
Clinical practice assessment (Pass / Fail)
Lectures: 4 hours x 4 weeks = 16 hours; Tutorials: 2 hours x 4 weeks = 8 hours;
Clinical: 160 hours; Individual Study: 128 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Karen Francis |
Health education and promotion are essential aspects of the role of the professional nurse. This unit explores the principles underpinning health promotion as a strategy to improve health status of nations through a process that empowers individuals, groups and populations. In addition, educative and motivational processes are explored to assist you develop skills that will allow you to be an effective promoter of health. As you work through this unit, you will gain an understanding of these processes and their application in practice.
The aim of this unit is to equip professional nurses with the knowledge, skills and attitudes that will enable them to develop their role as a promoter of health, in the context of their future and current work environments. On completion of this unit and further reading, the student is expected to be able to:
Assignments (40% + 60%) (100%)
Reflective clinical log (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass grade for the reflective clinical log in order to successfully complete this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sonia Allen |
This unit introduces students to the expanded practice role associated with rural/remote nursing and provides an opportunity for students to experience a range of rural health settings including multipurpose services, integrated community health services, bush nursing services and isolated health centres, and work with clinicians from other disciplines. Students will develop clinical skills under the instruction and guidance of clinicians co-opted for unit development and sessional teaching into lectures, tutorials and clinical laboratories.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Educational objectives:
Clinical Objectives:
Assignment (40%)
Poster presentation (30%)
Case study (30%)
Available only to students undertaking Bachelor of Nursing and Rural Health Practice.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sonia Allen |
This unit addresses the need for rural nurses to be formally prepared for an expanded practice role. Unit content has been selected on the basis of health situations commonly encountered in rural nursing practice and identified in the literature by Australian rural nurses as learning priorities. This unit will develop the students' ability to respond appropriately to medical, obstetric, traumatic, farming and industrial, environmental or psychosocial health crises in the context of rural and remote practice. Students will refine knowledge and skills pertinent to effectively triage, manage, refer, transfer, and where appropriate, resuscitate and stabilise clients.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Educational Objectives
Clinical Objectives
Assignment (30%)
Case study (30%)
Examination (40%)
Clinical OSCA's (20%)
Clinical evaluation (Pass / Fail)
Available only to students undertaking Bachelor of Nursing and Rural Health Practice.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
This unit provides students with the opportunity to encounter a challenging research environment through the interaction of philosophical paradigms and extension of theoretical knowledge and acquisitions of skills to facilitate the undertaking of a research project. The unit will build upon knowledge gained in core undergraduate research units. Students will be allocated a research supervisor to begin formulating research questions and methodology for subsequent study.
At the completion of the unit the student will be expected to:
a. advanced online searching
b. documentation management
c. data collection methods and analysis; and
Two pieces of assessment -
Seminar - (Power Point presentation to staff and HDR students regarding the proposed piece of research, including preliminary research questions, and how a research methodology can assist to answer them) 40%
Critique of a research method(s) re answering the proposed research questions, includes literature review (publishable standard) (3,550-4000 words) 60%
Must be enrolled in courses 1249 or 3564.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop an appropriate hypothesis or research question and derive an appropriate research design showing regard to the practical problems of conducting research in in nursing or midwifery settings. Ethical issues in research are also considered. Students will develop their own research proposal and seek ethical approval to conduct their study under the supervision of an academic staff member.
At the completion of the unit the student will be expected to:
There are 3 pieces of assessment
Research proposal (4-5000 words) 70%;
Ethics application 20%
Seminar presentation PPT 10%
Must be enrolled in courses 1249 or 3564.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
The unit provides students with the opportunity to implement the research proposal developed in NUR4402. Students will further develop a literature review, finalise ethical approval for their research, and collect, organise and manage the data for the study. With their research supervisors, students will explore a range of issues that can arise during the research process.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
generate a critical review of the literature and theoretical frameworks relevant to their field of study;
There are two pieces of assessment
Research report (60%)
Seminar PPT (40%) - demonstrating evidence of data collation, analysis and interpretation
Must be enrolled in courses 1249 or 3564.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop appropriate research knowledge and skills as they, with the assistance of a supervisor, analyse and interpret the data collected in Clinical Honours Thesis III. Following this, the research will be written in the form of a literature review and article suitable for publication, and be presented at a research seminar. The clinical/midwifery practice in this unit will allow the student to exit the program at the level of an advanced novice practitioner.
At the completion of the unit the student will be expected to be able to:
Submission of a portfolio consisting of
a literature review (5000 words) and at least one academic paper suitable for publication (5,000 words)
Or
Dissertation (10,000 words)
Must be enrolled in courses 1249 or 3564.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Maxine Bonham |
This unit provides the opportunity for students to work with an academic supervisor to conduct a focused research project in the broad area of human nutrition. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Nutrition and Dietetics. During this unit you will have the opportunity to utilise and apply knowledge and intellectual, practical and other skills acquired throughout your studies to enable you to undertake your research project. A major output of this unit is the final project report.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
N/A
Oral presentation (10%)
Submission of thesis or systematic review (Project proposal 20%; Scientific paper 50%)(70%)
Reflective workbook or laboratory notebook (10%)
Supervisor report (10%)
24 hours per week of project work and private study.
Must be enrolled in course 3956.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lisa Ryan |
Diet and disease is an integrated study of the role of diet in the causation and treatment of chronic diseases that are endemic in westernised societies. This unit builds upon the scientific concept of disease aetiology explored in Integrated Science Systems (BND2103) and the critical interpretation of scientific literature and research skills developed in years 1 and 2. Learners will explore the epidemiology of the major nutrition related diseases, their causal pathways and population based recommendation for prevention. The rationale for the application of dietary modifications for patients with specific disease states and the means of evaluating dietary treatment is explored. Nutrition related emerging issues in disease aetiology and management are also explored and the emphasis on the important role of genetic susceptibility in nutrition science is continued.
Student centered teaching and learning methods will be used to support the delivery of the unit content. Students' participation as adult learners will be encouraged through the curricula with emphasis on extending their scientific communication skills.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Scientific essay (3,000 words) (30%)
Development of an evidence based nutritional resourse (eg dietary assessment tool, pamphlet) for specific population groups (20%)
End of semester examination (50%)
Lectures: 3 hours/week, Tutorials: 1 hour/week, SDL: 10 hours/week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ricardo Costa |
This unit is focused on students' developing knowledge, skills, and competencies to critically evaluate current developments in sport and exercise nutrition, targeting both health and sports performance outcomes in a variety of populations. The scientific disciplines of exercise physiology, biochemistry and immunology will be emphasised as students critically evaluate the underlying evidence supporting benchmark nutritional guidelines and recommendations given to individuals/groups partaking in exercise. Laboratory sessions will provide practical experience of various anthropometrical, nutritional and hydration assessment techniques; alongside applying knowledge of area specific theories into practice through a kitchen laboratory session. Particular reference to the roles and responsibilities of the sport and exercise nutrition expert when working in multi-disciplinary teams will be emphasised.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
N/A
Critical essay (30%)
Laboratory practical report (20%)
Case study (30%)
Oral presentation (20%)
12 x 2 hour per week lectures/tutorials on campus, 12 x 2 hour per week seminars on campus (delivered twice, seminar groups A and B), 3 x 3 hour practical sessions (physiology, hydration, kitchen lab) - (delivered twice, seminar groups A and B).
36 hours self-study and formative/summative assessment related work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tracy McCaffrey |
Nutrition controversies will focus on developing student's fundamental scientific knowledge and critical reasoning skills in the area of nutritional science. Building from earlier units that taught principles relating to evaluation of evidence and advanced research methodologies combined with a solid background in physiology, immunology and biochemistry this unit will link diet and disease outcomes using available evidence.
This unit will enable nutritionists to develop an appreciation for the controversial and unresolved nature of the reported associations between dietary factors and disease processes by providing the opportunity for in-depth, critical evaluation of the underpinning evidence and identification of unresolved questions and/or alternative opinions. Examples of current nutritional controversies will be drawn from topics studied across the range of other units on the course and students allocated to two topics.
Teaching activities in this unit will have an emphasis on student centered enquiry supported by a series of student-led seminars and discussions and a written synthesis of assigned topics.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Critical report 1 and 2 (60%)
Oral presentation 1 and 2 (40%)
Seminars: 2 hours/week, Tutorials: 1 hour/week, SDL: 10 hours/week.
Must pass each of BND1002, BND1101, BND2002 and BND2103
or
Must pass BND1010 and a combination of any two relevant units (at the discretion of the unit convenor) from the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences with a biochemistry and physiology component such as: PHY2032, PHY2042, BMS2031, BMS2021, BCH2022.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ted Brown |
In this unit students begin to describe the role of an occupational therapist as distinct from other health professionals. Students demonstrate appropriate professional behaviours and apply these to a practice through a fieldwork component. Students develop an awareness of the legal, cultural and ethical issues of practice and begin to understand and articulate some of the challenges faced by clients/consumers of health services. Students demonstrate a beginning competence with some early clinical skills applicable to fieldwork.
Upon successful completion of this subject students will be able to:
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2 Population Society and Health
Theme 4 Applied Practice
1. Students complete a two hour disability experience (e.g., visual impairment, limited mobility) to gain insights into some of the environmental, physical, social, and attitudinal challenges that the clients they work with may experience in their day-to-day lives. Students will complete a 1000 word disability experience reflective assignment - 10%
2. Students will be introduced to the use of writing reflectively through the use of a reflective journal and complete a 1000 word paper. A reflective journal entry will be completed for each clinical day of fieldwork education completed to record learning in practice - 10%
3. Students will be introduced to some early clinical skills and core concepts of professionalism in the unit. A two hour written examination will be used to assess these skills. Students will complete this during the formal end of semester examination period - 50%
4. Students will explore occupational and activity analysis, using objective methods (observation and activity analysis) for analysing productive occupations. Students in pairs will interview an adult and analyse a meaningful activity they carry out in their home or in their immediate community. Students will document the outcomes of the occupational and activity analysis - 30%
Details of hurdle assessment tasks:
All hurdle assessment tasks are required assessments for successful completion of this unit. If students fail to complete any hurdle requirements they may fail the unit outright or be asked to undertake further supplementary assessment to meet the hurdle requirement. The hurdle task requirements for this unit are:
1) You are required to attend 100% of all scheduled unit tutorials;
2) You are required to achieve a minimum grade of 50% on the OCC1011 final examination (AT4), failure to achieve a grade of 50% or more on the OCC1011 final examination will result in students failing the unit;
2) You are required to provide evidence of compliance with FMNHS immunization policy requirements to Student Services;
3) You are required to provide evidence of Working with Children approval to Student Services;
4) You are required to provide evidence of Fit to Work / Police Check to Student Services.
Lecture component: 2 hours per week; Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week; Fieldwork component: 2 days; Private Study, 4 hours per week.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.
HSC1011.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carolynne White |
Students will learn about the principles and mechanisms underlying the relationship between the person, their environment and occupations, and how this relates to human health and wellbeing. The concept of occupation will be described and how people shape and are shaped by their engagement in occupation and their environmental context. Students will engage in experiential exercises to support their learning of concepts, including participation in an inter-professional community-based fieldwork experience.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Group presentation based on findings from inter-professional community-based experience (10 minutes) (10%)
Written reflective report from inter-professional community-based experience (600 - 800 words) (10%)
Class presentation (20 minutes) (10%)
Assignment (2,000 words) (35%)
Exam (2 hours) (35%)
Hurdle:
All hurdle assessment tasks are required assessments for successful completion of this unit. If students fail to complete any hurdle requirements they will be asked to undertake further supplementary assessment to meet the hurdle requirement. The hurdle task requirements for this unit are: attendance at 100% of all tutorials, skills classes and fieldwork placements; participation in inter-professional community-based experience.
Lecture component: 2 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week, Private Study: 4 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nikos Thomacos |
This unit explores psychological theory and research relevant to the practice of occupational therapy, including psychological perspectives on pain, stress, illness and disability. Grounded in a biopsychosocial model of health and wellbeing, this introductory unit provides students with an overview of the major psychological traditions and approaches e.g. psychodynamic, developmental, cognitive, social psychology, etc., and examines how each provides insight into the challenges and issues experienced by individuals, carers, families and communities. This unit also introduces students to the methods of inquiry and assumptions of theory associated with the science of psychology. The relevance of the discipline of psychology to occupational therapy thinking and practice is emphasised.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Hurdle:
Students are required to attend 100% of tutorials.
Formative assessment:
Feedback during lecture and tutorial participation, as well as following summative assessments (i.e. assessment tasks 1 and 2) will be provided.
Summative assessment:
5 x In-class tests (4% each) (20%)
Examines the relationship among personality, behaviour and health and wellbeing (2,500 words) (35%)
Short and long answer exam (Multiple choice) (2 1/2 hours) (45%)
2 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ted Brown |
The unit introduces student to the historical origins of the use of occupation as theory and the theory of core elements of occupational therapy intervention. Current theoretical concepts and models underpinning occupational therapy practice will be explored along with the occupational therapy problem solving and clinical reasoning process. Case scenarios will be used throughout and students will learn the problem solving strategies that will support their learning in occupational therapy intervention units elsewhere in the course.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2 Population, Society and Health
Theme 3 Fundamental knowledge for the Health Sciences
Theme 4 Applied Practice
Theme 5 Research
Formative assessment tasks:
All hurdle assessment tasks are required assessments for successful completion of this unit. If students fail to complete any hurdle requirements they may fail the unit outright or be asked to undertake further supplementary assessment to meet the hurdle requirement. The hurdle task requirements for this unit are:
1. You are required to attend 100% of all scheduled unit tutorials;
2. You are required to achieve a minimum grade of 50% on the OCC1022 final examination (AT4), failure to achieve a grade of 50% or more on the OCC10 final examination will result in students failing the unit;
3. Completion of review quizzes in tutorial sessions.
Summative assessment tasks:
Write-up of play/leisure interest profile findings (1,000 words) (10%)
Critique of an occupational therapy assessment (1,000 - 1,500 words) (20%)
One class presentation for peer and tutor feedback (30 minutes) (Group presentation) (10%)
Class presentation for peer and tutor feedback (10 minutes) (10%)
Written examination (2 hours) (50%)
Lecture component: 2 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week,
Private Study: 4 hours per week.
Available only to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nikos Thomacos |
Development across the lifespan examines how individuals change and develop as they age - from infancy to old age. This unit explores the psychological and occupational processes inherent in development, and in doing so examines the progressive cognitive, emotional, behavioural, psychosocial and occupational changes that occur with age. A broad range of topics are covered by this unit, including: attachment, motor skill and other psycho-physiological developmental processes, problem solving, language acquisition, moral understanding and abstract thought, identify development and formation, and the nature and course of both intimate and diffuse relationships.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Hurdle:
Students are required to attend 100% of tutorials. Students must also participate in the class data collection exercise.
Formative assessment:
Feedback during lecture and tutorial participation, as well as following the three summative assessments.
Summative assessment:
Essay on the relationship between development, and functioning at specific life stages (1,500 words) (20%)
Report from observation of a child (1,000 words) (20%)
Report on a data set that examines the relationship between age and psychosocial functioning and wellbeing (1,500 words) (30%)
Multiple choice and short answer exam (1 hour) (30%)
Lecture component: 2 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week, Private Study: 4 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Linda Barclay and Dr Lisa O'Brien |
This unit uses an integrated scenario/case-based learning approach. The unit has a 10 week academic block followed by a 3 week fieldwork (clinical) block to apply theory into practice. Students are introduced to the mechanisms and consequences of problems related to mental, sensory, cardiovascular, respiratory, neurological and biomechanical capacities of humans, across the lifespan, that underpin occupational engagement and occupational performance. Students will integrate this knowledge into occupational therapy and related theories and models of practice. Students will be required to develop clinical questions, and acquire knowledge and skills from the process of describing and evaluating occupational performance, and critiquing assessment tools for evaluating occupational engagement and occupational performance. Students will explore different contexts in which participation in occupation takes place.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2: Population, Society and Health
Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge for the Health Sciences
Theme 4: Applied Practice
Theme 5: Research
Review of 2 clinical assessment tools (1,500 words) (10%)
Anatomy Flag race (1 hour) (10%)
Exam (1.5 hours) (10%)
Exam (2 hours) (15%)
Clinical workbook (3,000 words) (20%)
Case-based occupational analysis (1,000 words) (10%)
Written/oral exam (1.5 hours) (15%)
Practice skill test (10 minutes) (5%)
Presentation of two case scenarios for peer and tutor feedback (5%)
Satisfactory completion of a 12 day clinical placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R). Students are also required to submit a time sheet documenting their clinical placement hours and a completed Student Review of Placement form. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Reflective journal (1,000 words)
2 x Self evaluations of group participation
Attendance at 100% of scenario based tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars
Note: All assessment items are hurdle requirements.
Available only to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mong-Lin Yu and Mrs Celia Marston |
This is the first unit of the occupational therapy intervention units. It comprises integrated case based learning with some time spent in facilities to consolidate application of knowledge into practice. Students will begin to describe, apply and critique the principles of assessment and intervention for clients with problems related to capacities to engage in activities, occupations, and participation in community life. Intervention principles will also incorporate environmental supports and barriers (advocacy, organisational change, environmental adaptation), and evidence-based practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2 Population, Society and Health
Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge for the Health Sciences
Theme 4 Applied Practice
Critically evaluate splint (5%)
Technical drawing of home environment (12.5%)
Assignment (1,500 words) (10%)
Short answer examination (1 hour x 2) (40%)
Written exam (1 hour) and oral exam (30 minutes) (30%)
Discussion of two peers in oral examination (2.5%)
Hurdle: Attendance at 100% of scenario-based tutorials, practical skills classes (including attendance at two group reflection sessions), seminaros, and fieldwork placement hours, manufacture splints as directed, two self evaluations of group participation, group evaluation of completion of each case and satisfactory completion of clinical placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R). Students are also required to submit a time sheet documenting their clinical placement hours and a completed Student Review of Placement form. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate ProfessorTed Brown and Dr Primrose Lentin |
This unit provides an overview of the skills necessary to critique and evaluate the usefulness and quality of research evidence. Components of evidence-based practice will be introduced related to occupational therapy. You will be guided through the process of how to ask clinically relevant questions, search for evidence, and critically appraise published research. The Monash Occupational Therapy Research Evidence Critique Form (MOTRECF) for both quantitative and qualitative studies will be used to evaluate the relevant evidence. The process used to complete a critically appraised paper (CAP) will also be introduced. This will provide the foundation for you to integrate clinically relevant evidence into your daily professional practice as well as providing you with the skills required for analysing the issues dealt with in the scenario-based learning context used in OCC2020 and OCC3030.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Theme 5: Research
1. Attendance at 100% of tutorials, practical skills sessions, and seminars - Hurdle
2. Complete a data base search strategy for one research question using a variety of data bases - 10%
3. Critically appraise components of articles that uses a quantitative research methodology using the MOTRECF format - Hurdle
4. Critically appraise components of articles that uses a qualitative research methodology using the MOTRECF format - Hurdle
5. Complete one x 1,200 word critically appraised paper (CAP) using the MOTRECF format: quantitative research - 25%
6. Complete one x 1,200 word critically appraised paper (CAP) using the MOTRECF format: qualitative research - 25%
7. Complete 50 MCQ test covering contents of Weeks 1, 2, 3, & 4 - 20%
8. Complete short answer test one hour in length covering unit contents from Weeks 6, 7, 8, & 9 - 20%
9. Completion of review test questions in tutorial sessions & on-line - Hurdle
Lecture component: 2 hours per week;
Tutorial/Practicum component 2 hours per week;
Private Study, 4 hours per week.
Available to students enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth |
This is the second unit of the occupational therapy intervention units. It comprises 10 weeks of integrated scenario-based learning followed by a 5-week clinical fieldwork placement to consolidate application of knowledge into practice. In this unit, students further describe, apply and critique the principles of assessment and intervention for individual and groups of clients who are restricted in their ability to engage activities, occupations, and participation in community life. Intervention principles will also incorporate environmental supports and barriers (advocacy, organisational change, environmental adaptation) and evidence-based practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Completion of five Monash Occupational Therapy Research Evidence Critique Form (MOTRECF) critical reviews for participation in class discussion (15%)
Presentation of one MOTRECF critical review for presentation and evaluation (10%)
Exam (2 hours) (40%)
Oral examination including one hour written exam and (20 minutes) (30%)
Discussant of two peer presentations in oral examination (5%)
Hurdle: Attendance at 100% of scenario-based tutorials, practical skills sessions, and seminars. Participation in classes and visits, two self evaluations of group presentation, and group evaluation of completion of each case. Satisfactory completion of signed time sheet from fieldwork placement, completion and submission of the Student Review of Placement form, and satisfactory completion of fieldwork placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R). Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ted Brown |
This unit gives students an advanced overview of the skills necessary to critique and evaluate research evidence. Students will be introduced to the methodology related to conducting survey questionnaire based research (quantitative research methodology) and focus group and semi-structured interviews (qualitative methodology). This will provide the foundation to integrate clinically relevant evidence into daily professional practice as well as skills to be able answer clinical questions. Components of evidence-based practice in occupational therapy will be introduced and practiced. Students will also be introduced to methods of presenting evidence, generating research questions, selecting appropriate quantitative and qualitative research designs, completing data analysis and interpreting data analysis results. Specifically, students will learn the fundamentals of conducting survey questionnaire based research from quantitative perspective and qualitative research using focus group and semi-structured interview methods. This knowledge will enable students to be evidence-based practitioners
On completion of this unit, you will be able to
1. Attend 100% of all tutorials and practical skills classes (workshops) - Hurdle
2. Develop survey questionnaire / scale - Hurdle
3. Gather data using survey questionnaire / scale and analyse it using SPSS - Hurdle
4. Complete 2000 word report (4,000 words if completed in pairs; 5,000 words if completed in three-person group) documenting survey questionnaire development process, data analysis results, discussion and critical reflection - 30%
5. Complete MCQ & short answer exam one hour in length covering unit content from Weeks 1 to 4 - 20%
6. Develop focus group or semi-structured interview question schedule - Hurdle
7. Gather data using focus group or semi-structured interview - Hurdle
8. Complete 2000 word report (4,000 words if completed in pairs; 5,000 words if completed in three-person group) documenting focus group or semi-structured interview questionnaire development, data analysis results, discussion and critical reflection - 30%
9. Complete MCQ & short answer exam one hour in length covering unit content from Weeks 6-9 - 20%
10. Completion of review test questions in tutorial sessions & on-line - Hurdle
Lecture component: 2 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week, Private Study: 4 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nikos Thomacos and Ms Suzanne Wakefield |
In this unit, students begin to shift their view beyond the occupational challenges facing individuals, to consider the ways in which the occupations, health and wellbeing of communities/populations may be impacted by social, political and organisational factors. Students apply the principles of individual occupational challenges to case based scenarios in which advanced clinical reasoning and intervention skills are required for people experiencing complex health and social problems. The cases chosen highlight the multiple approaches to occupational intervention, both individual/clinical and community/prevention.
On completion of this unit the student will be expected to be able to:
Oral and written exam (2 hours) (45%)
Population health assignment (3,000 words) (30%)
Contemporary practice presentation (15 minutes) (10%)
Presentation (20 minutes) (15%)
100% attendance at all scenario-based tutorials, practical skills sessions, and seminars
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lisa Knightbridge |
Drawing from theoretical material in OCC3052 Enabling Occupation II, students will work in collaboration with an agency to address a specific need while completing this participatory practice placement. Students will be allocated a project from an issue identified by the agency. Tthe first phase of project management begins with contacting the agency then collaborating with agency members to "scope" an organisationally useful, and occupationally relevant project or program. Students will function as project managers and will be required to liaise with a variety of stakeholders and to develop a project proposal that meets the needs and aims of the agency.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Preliminary project proposal (2,000 words) (20%)
Project proposal (5,000 words) (60%)
Oral project presentation (30 minutes) (20%)
Hurdle:
Successful completion of 22 day fieldwork placement. as assessed through fieldwork timesheets, time use diary, Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) and completion of reflective practice journal. All hurdle requirements must be completed to pass this subject. Students who fail to meet a hurdle requirement will be offered supplementary learning activity. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
100% attendance at the placement and on-campus tutorial sessions including meetings with supervisors
Submission of 3 project update reports.
OCC3052. Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Primrose Lentin |
The Bachelor of Occupational Therapy (Honours) program has been designed to enable students to effectively integrate research knowledge and skill with occupational therapy practice knowledge and skill. The program incorporates advanced education in qualitative and quantitative research methodologies through the development and completion of a research project. The research project undertaken will require students to formulate a research aim and/or question/s, complete a literature review, design an appropriate methodology to answer the research question/s, complete an ethics application, and gather and analyse the required data, discuss the results in relation to pertinent literature and professional practice, and develop conclusions and recommendations. The Honours program has been structured to enable students to understand research in the context of the issues of interest of concern in a specific organisation or service area. They will also develop an understanding of how the research project applies to the wider community. Hence each occupational therapy Honours project has a 'host' organisation which has a fieldwork responsibility. The student works in collaboration with the host organisation, the Monash university academic supervisor/s and other stakeholders.
In OCC3072 students will spend up to two days per week in the organisation to develop the research proposal as well as engage in fieldwork activities. In OCC4091, students will spend a further up to two days per week in the organisation where the research proposal developed in OCC3072 will be implemented.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Presentation of research proposal (20 minute presentation), completion of research proposal (5,000 words) and draft research ethics application and critique (3,000 words) (100%)
Hurdle: Successful completion of 22 day fieldwork placement, 100% attendance at the placement, 100% attendance at weekly honours seminars, submission of fortnightly project reports.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lisa Knightbridge |
Students will develop skills in project implementation and work within a community partnership model to address a community/population health based issue for the collaborating agency. The student will apply and further develop the knowledge, skills and expertise necessary for them to implement, evaluate and report on a community orientated project. It is expected that the student will act as the project manager whilst also communicating, negotiating and collaborating with agency staff and other relevant stakeholders.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Two project progress reports to agency stakeholders (1,500 words) (20%)
Oral presentation of project implementation overview report (20%)
Final project report detailing process, findings and recommendations (5,000 words) (60%)
Hurdle: Attendance at 100% of tutorials, supervisory meetings and fieldwork placement hours; satisfactory completion of placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R); completion of fieldwork timesheets, time use diary and reflective practice journal. All hurdle requirements must be completed to pass this subject. Students who fail to meet a hurdle requirement will be offered supplementary learning activity. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Fieldwork project placement in external agencies for 11 weeks, equivalent to 15 hours/week; 6-8 hours/week of private study plus a total of 15 hours of on-campus workshops and 6 hours of on-campus supervisory meetings.
Available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Bourke-Taylor |
Students will refine knowledge and skills in professional self management appropriate for practice as entry level occupational therapists. They will identify and document their learning needs for their final fieldwork placement and develop the ability to set objectives for personal practice development. Strategies for identifying and meeting individual professional development needs, the legal and ethical requirements for professional competency at graduate level, the role of the Accredited Occupational Therapist program and other systems of credentialing will be critiqued. The unit also includes content on recruitment and selection processes.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Learning contract (200 words) (40%)
Critical analysis (2,500 words) (45%)
Peer evaluation of critical analysis (750 words) (15%)
Attendance at 100% of seminars, participation in mock interview, interview with placement supervisor (if applicable), and peer evaluation of written task.
12 hours of study per week consisting of 2 hours of lectures and 4 hours of seminar sessions on campus. An additional 6 hours of private study will be required to complete learning tasks, undertake research and to complete assessment tasks.
Available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Drue Mortlock |
The unit comprises 10 weeks of fieldwork placement followed by on campus debriefing tutorials. The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop, integrate and enhance their practice skills to reach an entry level of competence in occupational therapy prior to graduation. By the end of the fieldwork placement students will be managing a caseload of clients independently. A learning contract developed in OCC4081 will be used to guide fieldwork learning. A portfolio assessment will be used to encourage reflection, a self-directed approach to learning and to provide a record of professional competencies as these are developing.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) (ungraded). Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Oral portfolio assessment (45 minutes) (50%)
Written portfolio assessment (50%)
100% attendance at tutorials. All hurdle requirements must be completed to pass this subject. Students who fail to meet a hurdle requirement will be offered alternative learning activity. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Available only to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Primrose Lentin |
For OCC4091, students will continue to spend up to two days per week in the organisation or service area where the research proposal developed in OCC3072 will be implemented. This will involve students undertaking a research project, collecting data, analysing data, writing up results and contextualising the results in relation to pertinent literature and the professional practice context. This will provide the context for students to apply and consolidate advanced research methodology. Students will also continue fieldwork activities during this time.
On completion of this unit, students will be expected to be able to:
Research thesis (10,000 to 12,000 words for quantitative studies and up to 15,000 words for qualitative) (100%)
Hurdle: Successful completion of 22 day fieldwork placement; 100% attendance at the placement; 100% attendance at weekly honours seminars; submission of fortnightly project reports.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Drue Mortlock |
Students consider their own role within human service organizations and apply and critique contemporary practice knowledge in leadership and management, supervision and mentoring, organizational behaviour, change management, organizational governance and service quality, professional development, and complex, program based multidisciplinary teams. The Unit will conclude with a conference that includes presentations of research and project work from students in Health Science Peninsula programs. Students will complete a range of on-line tasks while completing their fieldwork placement in the unit OCC4082.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Online discussion group tasks (3,000 words) (30%)
Critical review (3,000 words) (30%)
Case study (2,000 words) (20%)
Conference abstract (250 words) (5%)
Conference presentation (20 minutes) (15%)
Hurdle: 100% attendance at all tutorials, practical skills sessions, and seminars.
Students are on fieldwork for 10 weeks (they start on O week) with online tasks threaded through from week
Must have passed OCC3062 or OCC3072 AND must have passed OCC4071 or OCC4091 AND must have passed OCC4081.
Available only to Bachelor of Occupational Therapy students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Summer semester A 2014 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rebekah Beard |
This unit will take a problem solving/ clinical reasoning approach to the management of upper limb injuries encompassing the acute and recovery phases as well as chronic conditions. It will build on existing knowledge of human structure and function and introduce concepts of tissue injury and repair to enable students to identify appropriate therapeutic strategies, depending on the person's stage in recovery from injury. Students should be able to identify the anatomical structures of the upper limb, and describe their specific functions. These will include bones, articular surfaces, joints, muscles, and nerves. Students will have the opportunity to develop skills in the fabrication of thermoplastic splints appropriate to complex clinical scenarios including tendon repair, arthritis, peripheral nerve trauma/repair, tenosynovitis, and fractures. Students will also attend an acute hand therapy clinic on 2 occasions to observe a client's recovery post surgery.
At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:
100% Attendance requirement
Attendance at an acute hand therapy clinic
Presentation at a seminar (20 minutes)
Submission and critique of all splints made
1 x 1,000 word and 1 x 2,000 word essays
40 hours attendance in lectures/practicums (block mode), 4 hours clinic attendance (over 2 separate occasions), 16 hours seminar attendance (including a 20 minute presentation), 2 written assignments (1,000 and 2,000 words), 60 hours of private study.
Completion of a first year of an undergraduate programme.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rachael McDonald |
Assistive technology promotes greater independence for people with disabilities by enabling them to perform tasks that they otherwise would have great difficulty or not be able to accomplish. This unit will involve problem solving and clinical reasoning to help the students to develop into competent assistive technology professionals and providers. The course will consist of information relating to social and political aspects of people with disability and technology. The areas of Seating and Positioning, Mobility, Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC), Daily Living Technologies and Assistive Technology Access will be studied in detail. Students will choose one area for their first assignment, and will attend 2 separate clinics each of 4 hours duration to observe clinical practice.
At the completion of this course, students should be able to:
100% Attendance requirement
Presentation at a seminar (20 minutes)
1 x 1,000 word and 1 x 3,000 word essays
Written content examination (1 hour)
40 hours attendance in lectures/practica (block mode), 4 hours clinic attendance (over 2 separate occasions), 16 hours seminar attendance.
Completion of first year of an undergraduate programme.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Summer semester B 2014 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ted Brown |
This unit will provide an exploration of the issues related to the assessment of children (ethical, legal, professional, educational, clinical). The unit will start by introducing the reasons, uses, and purposes of assessment. Specific methods (e.g., observation, objective performance, parent-report) related to the assessment of children will be reviewed. Particular attention will be paid to issues related to family-centred practice and assessing children in naturalistic environments. Different contexts (e.g., clinic, community, school, home) where assessment is completed, issues related to the assessment of children at different age levels / developmental levels and the evaluation of children with special needs will be discussed. Ethical, policy and legal issues related to the assessment of children will be presented and critiqued. Specific types of assessment tools, scales, and instruments appropriate for use with children will be presented and reviewed. This will provide a broad base of knowledge and skills for occupational therapy students wishing to work with children and families in clinical, educational, home, and community settings.
At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1. 100% attendance requirements for all tutorials, seminars, and practical skills sessions;
2. One seminar presentation 15 minutes in length worth 10%;
3. 1000 word critique of an instrument, tool or scale worth 30%;
4. Participation during class and tutorial group discussions worth 10%;
5. 3000 word essay dealing with a legal, ethical, measurement, policy or related issue worth 50%
Four hours per week contact time (lectures and tutorials) and 8 hours per week private study (reading, literature review, practicing skills, assignments, and other self-directed learning activities).
Completion of first year of an undergraduate programme.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Bourke-Taylor |
This course is about occupational therapy for young children with neurodevelopmental disabilities and their families. Etiology and epidemiology of conditions will be reviewed. The impact of accommodating the significant needs of a child with a disability in a family will be described and the impact on family member's and occupational therapy service delivery will be explored in depth. Students will learn about occupational therapy methods using the International Classification of Functioning and Disability (ICF) and family centred practice. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment and students will examine several case studies in detail.
100% Attendance requirements
Presentation at a seminar (30 minutes) (20%) and submission of a summary (1,000 words) (10%)
Active participation in online discussion boards, research reviews and proposals, and short quizzes (3,500 words total over 8 weeks) (70%)
3 per week
Complete first year of occupational therapy degree.
OCC4142
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Denisa Goldhammer |
Each day we face problems of our time that impact on our own and others' mental health and wellbeing. These include challenges to personal identity and well-being, and behaviours such as problem gambling, binge drinking, and inappropriate drug use which can affect individual health and impact severely on the health and wellbeing of others in the community. The unit will employ diverse teaching and learning methods, with the involvement of community members with lived experience, to discuss the history of asylums, deinstitutionalisation and recovery, drug and alcohol misuse, gambling, gender, sexuality and trans identity, mental health and ageing, suicide and its prevention, and how social exclusion contributes to poor mental health.
Students will gain an appreciation of psychological approaches in understanding and addressing these, and will be introduced to contemporary approaches that normalise certain behaviours and support people with mental health problems in the community. In undertaking the unit, students will gain familiarity with real life problems faced by people who struggle with personal difficulties, skills in critical thinking relevant to mental health and wellbeing, and the capacity to analyse responses to particular social and mental health problems.
The unit will provide students with skills to enable them to participate in the multidisciplinary workforces that address these questions in local, state and federal government departments, and in NGOs, small community-based organisations, and peer support groups.
Upon completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
Lab class participation and presentation (10%)
Weekly online pre-lecture quiz (10%) (Assessed on an ongoing basis throughout the semester)
Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Quantitative examination (50%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
3 hours of contact per week on average, 4 hours planned activities (workbook and chat), 5 hours background reading to lecture, reading for tutorial and assessment tasks.
Must be enrolled in course 3883.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Shruti Mujumdar |
Introduction to the discipline of psychology as a behavioural science. Topics include personality, the biological bases of behaviour, sensation and perception, an introduction to theories of learning and development, plus an introduction to the historical origins of the discipline. Laboratory classes enhance students' understanding of the lecture material and provide training in research techniques.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
5 x lecture topic quizzes (15%)
Oral paper report (video) and written summary (1,000 words) (20%)
Critical evaluation exercise (1,000 words) (15% each)
Examination (2 hours) (50%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week
Attendance at lectorials: 1 x 2 hour weekly
'Lectorials' are classes that replace traditional lectures and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.
Attendance at lectorials is required in order to complete class participation assessment.
Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week
Participation in (live) online lectorials: 1 x 2 hour weekly
Online lectorials are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lectures and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.
Participation in online lectorials is required in order to complete class participation assessment. It is common practice, where possible, to schedule at least two participation options for off-campus students in each core unit of psychology.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia October intake 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sean Cain |
Psychology is a scientific discipline which spans a diverse range of areas. This unit introduces you to a small selection of areas, including:
You will also examine how psychologists acquire further knowledge and test their understanding of the way in which individuals think, feel, and behave. This will involve an introduction to research methodology (e.g., research design, descriptive statistics, and inferential statistics).
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
12 x Online quizzes (25%)
Short assignment(s) (1,500 words) (25%)
Examination (2 hours) (50%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week
Attendance at lectorials: 1 x 2 hour weekly
'Lectorials' are classes that replace traditional lectures and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.
Attendance at lectorials is required in order to complete class participation assessment.
Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week
Participation in (live) online lectorials: 1 x 2 hour weekly
Online lectorials are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lectures and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.
Participation in online lectorials is required in order to complete class participation assessment. It is common practice, where possible, to schedule at least two participation options for off-campus students in each core unit of psychology.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joanne Fielding |
Continuation of first-year psychology topics: developmental psychology and biological psychology. Developmental psychology encompasses physical, cognitive, and social-emotional changes across the life span and how these are shaped by macrosystems such as culture, and microsystems such as peers and the family. Biological psychology includes states of consciousness, mental disorders and addiction, mechanisms and disorders of learning and memory, and the regulation of emotional and motivated states. The laboratory program complements the lectures, and provides further training in research techniques, report writing, oral presentations and teamwork.
On completion of this unit, students will have:
Examination (Multiple-choice) (2 hours) (45%)
Biological lab report (1,500 words) (20%)
9 x Online assessments (25%)
Oral presentation (10 mins) (10%)
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Attendance at 1 day weekend school is highly recommended for all off-campus students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anne-Marie Ternes |
This unit will cover key themes of social psychology and personality theory. The lectures and learning tasks build on the history and philosophy of different schools of social psychology and personality to highlight the changes in understanding social identity, meaning and relationships. Personality theories that are covered include: 1) psychoanalytic theories of Freud and Jung, 2) phenomenological theories of Kelly and Rogers, 3) Eysenck's trait approach to individual personality, 4) Costa and McCrae's five factor model of personality, and 5) social learning theories of Bandura. Social psychology theories will cover topics such as 1) people in groups, 2) aggression, 3) attraction, 4) dehumanisation, and 5) attitude change. In each case these theories will be applied and critiqued in light of contemporary behaviour and new knowledge. Lectures and labs draw on different modalities to help students apply psychological concepts to understand these issues, and to engage in critical analysis of everyday individual life and interpersonal behaviour.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Examination (Multiple-choice) (2 hours) (Personality: 25%, Social: 25%) (50%)
Two laboratory assignments (1,500 words each) (20% each) (40%)
Class presentations (10%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
One 2-hour lecture per week, plus one 2-hour laboratory per fortnight. The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
One day Weekend School classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two Weekend School options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Tijana Mihaljic |
This unit covers at a more advanced level topics in research design and analysis presented in first-year psychology. The topics comprise experimental design and applied methodology. Experimental design and analysis includes hypothesis testing, t-tests, analysis of variance, and post-hoc tests. Applied methodology includes correlation, chi-square, non-parametric tests and observational, archival and single subject designs. The laboratory program complements the lecture series, and provides further training in research techniques, analysis, oral presentations and teamwork. Attendance at weekend schools is highly recommended for all off-campus students.
On completion of this unit, students will have:
Examination (Multiple-choice) (3 hours) (50%)
Online lecture quizzes (15%)
Two assignments (1,000 and 1,500 words) (15% + 20% = 35%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Attendance at a 2-day weekend school is required highly recommended for all off-campus students.
COG1112.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tam Cai Lianand Mr Mzamo Ntantiso (South Africa) |
The central theme of this unit is applied psychology focused at the individual, group and organisational levels. At the individual level the use of vocational assessment inventories to determine career choice and selection will be examined. Theories of leadership, power, motivation, job satisfaction, morale and the processes involved in training personnel will be examined at the group level. At the organisational level topics include systems theory, organisational culture, conflict and change. Compulsory attendance at weekend schools is required for all off-campus students.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Class participation assignments (10%)
Administration and interpretation of a vocational assessment inventory (VPI) (20%)
'Key OB Concepts' PowerPoint report (20%)
Exam (2 hours) (50%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit
One 1-hour lecture per week, plus seven 2-hour workshops in the semester.
Completion of 48 points of any degree.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ben Buchanan |
This unit covers all important aspects of abnormal behaviour: historical influences, theory, assessment, specific psychopathologies, treatment methods, and legal issues. Both the scientific and professional aspects of abnormal psychology are presented. Efforts will be made to give students the broadest possible view of abnormal behaviour by studying different theoretical perspectives.
On the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Research report (2,000 words) (25%)
Examination (55%)
Online case report quizzes (15%)
Reflective commentary on clinical application series topic (500 words) (5%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Attendance at Laboratory classes, and Research and Application Lectures, is required in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
Attendance at Weekend School classes is required in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two Weekend School options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anne-Marie Ternes |
This unit introduces the principles and processes of test development and concepts of test reliability and validity. Some widely used standardised psychology tests will be described. The unit also covers theories of ability and how our thinking about human abilities is influenced by our cultural framework. Other major themes include methods for establishing the relative influence of heredity and environment on human intelligence, causes of intellectual disability, and intervention programs for disadvantaged and disabled children. A basic knowledge of the ethical, legal and professional responsibilities of psychologists will be provided. Attendance at weekend school is highly recommended for off-campus students.
On completion of this unit students will:
Laboratory-based report (2,000 words) (25%)
Ethics report (1,500 words) (15%)
Lecture topic quizzes (10%)
Exam (3 hours) (50%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matt Mundy |
The first half of this unit covers sensory processes involved in vision, audition and speech perception. Coding mechanisms common to different modalities are emphasised to help students understand general mechanisms of sensory coding and perceptual processing. The second half covers the following personality theories: psychoanalytic theories of Freud and Jung, phenomenological theories of Kelly and Rogers, three factor theory of Eysenck, five factor model of Costa and McCrae and social cognitive theories of Bandura and Mischel. The development, comparison, application and critical evaluation of these theories are emphasised. Compulsory weekend school for off-campus students.
On the completion of this unit students will
Two Lab Assignments (worth 20% each) (40%)
Two Class Presentations (one each for Perception and Cognition worth 5% each) (10%)
Examination (25% Perception; 25% Cognition) (50%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Nikki Rickard |
In this unit, students will continue their training in research via three components. First, research design and analysis topics presented in first and second year will be explored at a more advanced theoretical level. The major focus of this component will be analysis of variance and multiple regression. Second, students will develop experience performing statistical analyses using a statistical software package. Finally, students will continue their training in research design and analysis by undertaking a group-based research project under the supervision of a member of staff.
On completion of this unit students will:
Research project assignment (25%)
Examination (50%)
RDA exercises (15%)
Research project exercises (10%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit
Lectures: 1 x 2 hour weekly
On-line tutorials: 1 x 2 hour tutorial per week
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Attendance at 1 day weekend school is highly recommended for all off-campus students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Moira Junge |
Central theme: introduction to counselling theory, interventions and research. Themes to be covered include theories of counselling, evaluation of counselling, research designs and interventions, ethical decision making in counselling psychology.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Examination (2 hours) (50%)
Laboratory report (2,000 words) (25%)
Essay (2,000 words) (25%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
One 1 hour lecture per week and eight 2 hour labs over the semester.
12 credit points of Level 2 Psychology.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Moira Junge |
This unit will examine the range of psychological factors influencing people's health behaviour, their susceptibility and reactions to illness states and responses to medical treatment. Health psychology encompasses the application of psychological theories to the study of the maintenance and promotion of health, the prevention of illness and the dysfunction and the rehabilitation of those already disabled. This unit is designed to equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to evaluate the effects of psychological variables on health and illness behaviour, the prevention of illness and adjustment to illness and dysfunction. Compulsory weekend school for off-campus students.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Examination (2 hours) (50%)
Report (2,000 words) (30%)
Literature review (1,500 words) (20%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
Compulsory attendance at a 1 day weekend school is recommended for all off-campus students.
Compulsory attendance at weekend schools is recommended for all off-campus students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit presents contemporary theories and methods in social psychology. A social cognitive perspective is used to examine issues such as evolutionary social psychology, self-concepts, attitudes, counterfactual thinking, self-deception and group behaviour. Particular emphasis is placed upon the application of social psychological theories to issues such as psychological health, social problems such as racism, political processes, advertising and health promotion.
On the completion of this unit students will:
Multiple choice exam (2 hours) (60%)
Critical appraisal of current theoretical and research literature (2,000 words) (40%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
Two 1 hour lectures per week and one 2-hour tutorial per fortnight.
PSY2022, PSY2042.
PSY3151.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Nellie Georgiou-Karistianis |
This unit aims to familiarize students with the assumptions and principles upon which the hypotheses about brain-behaviour relationships are based in the discipline of neuropsychology. A considerable emphasis is also placed on providing a thorough understanding of underlying brain pathology in a range of neurodevelopmental (eg autism and Tourette's syndrome) and neurodegenerative disorders (e.g. Parkinson's and Alzheimer's diseases), as well as their neuropsychological consequences. Both developmental and neurodegenerative disorders will be covered in terms of their prevalence, neuropsychological manifestations, neuropathology, as well as assessment techniques and potential interventions.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:
End-of-semester examination (50%)
Group 'case study' presentation (20%)
Quizzes (on presentation topics) (15%)
Case study essay (1,500 words) (15%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
PSY3182.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Antonio Verdejo |
The unit gives students an overview of issues related to addictive behaviours. While the primary emphasis is on substance use, behavioural addictions such as gambling are also addressed. Students are introduced to problems in defining addiction and will be introduced to a range of theories which attempt to explain addictive behaviours. Issues relating to treatment of addictive behaviours will be introduced including prevention of addictive behaviours, assessment and various treatment options available. Students will be introduced to drug policy options in Australia and around the world.
On completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
Literature review plan and summary (500 words) (10%)
Critical literature review (2,500 - 3,000 words) (40%)
Examination (50%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
1 x 2 hour lecture each week, and 1 hour tutorial every second week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit focuses on ways in which the fields of psychology and law interact, in particular the application of scientific and professional aspects of psychology to issues concerning the law and legal systems. Topics to be covered include theories of criminal behaviour, assessment of fitness for trial, criminal responsibility, treatment of mentally ill offenders and forensic patients, violence and risk assessment, confidentiality, eyewitness testimony, jury decision making, psychological assessment of injured persons, involuntary commitment and expert witness testimony. Students will also undertake in-depth research of a specific subject matter relevant to the field of psychology and law.
a. the application of psychological principles and research methods to the legal system, legal process and policy;
b. ways in which psychologists may be involved in the legal system; and
c. principles of law which are relevant to the field of psychology, in particular the notions of mental impairment and criminal responsibility.
Multiple choice exam (2 hours) (60%)
Critical appraisal of current theoretical and research literature (2,000 words) (40%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit
Two x 1 hour lectures and one two hour tutorial each week. For each week during the semester, students will be expected to complete the equivalent of 2 hours preparation for each lecture, 2 hours preparation for each tutorial and 2 hours of research work/independent study (total = 12 hours study).
PSL3072, PSY3142.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Nikki Rickard |
Music psychology is the empirical study of how humans perceive and experience music, and the resulting impact on individual, group and cultural behaviour. This unit will encompass an introductory exploration of music psychology across the lifespan. Selected researchers within the field, including music therapists, behavioural neuroscientists, neuropsychologists, and experimental psychologists will outline contemporary research findings relating to the influence and processing of music from the womb and childhood, through adulthood.
On completion of this subject, students should be able to:
Weekly web-based quizzes (20%)
Group assignment (40%)
End-of-year examination (40%)
One 2-hour seminar (on-campus or audio-recorded), 2 hours of online tutorial activity per week and up to 8 hours private study (e.g., prescribed reading, preparation for assessments).
Completion of the first year of any degree (48 points) at Monash University.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Positive psychology focuses on promoting optimal human functioning. Theoretical perspectives will be examined to demonstrate the impact of positive conditions in achieving desirable outcomes. Information concerning the latest evidence-based interventions about what makes people happy and how happiness is defined and measured will be presented. The relevance of positive psychology in a range of contexts and across the life span will be explored. Numerous and varied learning approaches such as debates, case studies, role plays, watching videos, keeping journals and research activities will be undertaken. This unit will be based on evidence-based knowledge and practice and will also involve an experiential component to facilitate learning.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written report (2,000-2,500 words) (40%)
Group presentation (20%)
Examination (40%)
One 3 hour lecture/workshop per week, plus 4-5 hours prescribed reading per week and 4 hours of private study (e.g. completion of journal, experiential exercises, preparation of essay and group presentation).
Completion of first year in any degree (48 points) at Monash University.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit will introduce students to the most recent advances in psychological research. Each week students will be exposed to a different area of psychology, mental health or neuroscience through dedicated lectures presented by leading researchers in the School.
In addition, students will visit an active research centre to observe this research being put into practice. Students will further their own research skills by learning to think critically and conducting a critical literature review.
Upon completion of this unit, student should be have:
Literature search strategy (Hurdle)
Article summaries (30%)
Literature review (40%)
Site visit report (30%)
One 2 hour lecture per week and one 2 hour workshop/tutorial per fortnight.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joanne Fielding |
The Neuroscience of Cognition and Behavior focuses on the neurobiological mechanisms responsible for human cognition and behavior, with a particular focus on understanding leading methodology and technologies employed in brain-behaviour relationships. By exploring brain-behaviour interactions through an in-depth examination of a selection of cognitive abilities and behaviours, this unit will guide students to establish an understanding of the mechanisms behind memory processes, sleep, perception and other fundamental human behaviours. Technologies utilized by neuroscientists, such as functional magnetic resonance imaging, electroencephalography, and eye tracking will be considered during the course of this unit.
On completion of this unit, subjects will have acquired an understanding of:
a. Perceptual processing
b. Mechanisms affecting sleep and circadian rhythmicity.
c. Memory storage and retrieval
Poster (20%)
Online quizzes (20%)
Examination (60%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.
One x 2 hour lectures each week and online workshops every fortnight.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lisandro Kaunitz |
The neural basis of consciousness focuses on the empirical neuroscientific studies of consciousness. In particular, we will focus on the neuronal correlates of visual consciousness. The unit will equip the students with necessary knowledge to think about the problem of consciousness from the neuroscientific point of views; anatomy and physiology of the primate visual system, the relationship between attention and consciousness, and decision-making and freewill and its modulation by neuromodulatory drugs.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
a.Neuroanatomy
b.Basic working of the primate visual system
c.Exemplar approaches to find neuronal correlates of consciousness
d.Relationship between attention and consciousness
e.Freewill and decision-making and its modulation by neuronmodulatory drugs.
Presentation and participation at the discussion class (30%)
1 x proposal outline and 3 evaluations of the initial proposal by peers (Hurdle)
Mock grant proposal (40%)
Examination (MCQ) (30%)
One x 2 hour lectures each week and one 2 hour workshop every fortnight.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2014 (Day) Malaysia Full year 2014 (Day) South Africa Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Clare Anderson |
The Honours year in psychology aims to increase students understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, develop their analytic, research and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of the science and practice of psychology. The Honours program also meets the requirements of the Australian Psychological Society for Associate Membership. In this unit, students undertake a supervised research project that aims to provide training in both discipline specific and generic research skills and form the basis of a literature review and research paper presented at the end of the year.
On completion of PSY4100 Psychology Honours Research Project students will:
Research proposal (15%)
Honours research thesis (9,000 - 12,000 words) (70%)
Communication of results (Oral) (10%)
Graduate attribute assessment (5%)
Hurdle: Students must pass the thesis to achieve a pass for this unit.
Students are expected to commit 24 hours per week to activities relate to their research project. These will vary across the course of the unit in accordance with the progress of the research. Formal contact hours consist of regular meetings with the research supervisor(s) and series of six 2-3 hours seminars/workshops on generic skills required for conducting a research project. The majority of the student's time will be spent in the design and implementation of the research, data collection and analyses. The remainder of the time would be spent in library searches, reading and preparation of the literature review, research paper and presentation material.
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200.
PSY4001, PSY4002, PSY4011, PSY4012, PSY4021, PSY4022.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Cameron Duff |
This elective will examine selected, topical issues relating psychology to broader social, political and cultural issues. In building on the background developed in the undergraduate curriculum, the unit will seek to locate existing psychological research in a contemporary social context, exploring emerging theoretical developments and reviewing existing controversies. The overarching goal will be to build greater understanding of the range of competing explanatory hypotheses that have emerged in response to key psychological issues in the extant literature. The role psychological research and theory plays in broader society will be reflected in the choice of topics and issues canvassed in this unit. The general areas from which the specific topics may be chosen will include: population health, chronic disease, indigenous health, forensic and behavioural science, substance use, medical anthropology and psychological theory.
On completion of this unit students will have:
Research symposium: 20%
Critical article review (1,000 words): 30%
Essay (2,000 words): 50%
Attendance: Attendance at 75% of tutorials is a hurdle requirement
Hurdle: Students must pass the essay to achieve
a pass for this unit
2hr lectures each week and 2 hr tutorials fortnightly
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for the third year psychology units.
PSY4200, PSY4240, PSY4508.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 3 2014 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 5 2014 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Matthew Mundy |
Introduction to the discipline of psychology as a behavioural science. Topics include personality, the biological bases of behaviour, sensation and perception, an introduction to theories of learning and development, plus an introduction to the historical origins of the discipline. Online activities, for example interactive skills development, formative quiz presentations) and discussion forums, aim to enhance students' understanding of the lecture material and provide training in research techniques.
Upon successful completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Critical evaluation task (15%)
Written & oral assignments (35%)
Examination (50%)
Students should expect to spend an average of 15-20 hours per week on this unit. This time will cover:
Enrolment in Graduate Diploma in Psychology (4525)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jon-Paul Cacioli |
This elective will examine some selected, topical issues in the field of mental health and illness. In building on the background developed in the undergraduate curriculum, the unit will focus on the aspects of mental health and illness that are controversial and/or for which there are currently competing explanatory hypothesis. The broad scope of mental health and illness will be reflected in the choice of topics, and these topics may change to reflect current issues in the field. The general area from which the specific topics may be chosen might include: depressive disorders, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, anxiety disorders and suicidal behaviour.
On completion of this unit students will have:
Research symposium: 20%
Critical article review (1,000 words): 30%
Essay (2,000 words): 50%
Attendance: Attendance at 75% of tutorials is a hurdle requirement
Hurdle: Students must pass the essay to achieve a pass for this unit
2 hours lectures each week and 2 hours tutorials fortnightly.
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 2 2014 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 4 2014 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 6 2014 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Matthew Mundy |
Introduction to the discipline of psychology as a behavioural science. Lecture topics include Social Psychology, Abnormal Psychology, Cognitive Psychology, plus an introduction to research design and analysis. Online activities and discussion forums enhance students' understanding of the lecture and assessment material and provide training in research techniques.
Upon successful completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Critical evaluation task (15%)
Research proposal (35%)
Examination (50%)
Students should expect to spend an average of 15-20 hours per week on this unit. This time will cover:
Enrolment in Graduate Diploma in Psychology (4525)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Jeroen Van Boxtel |
This elective will examine some selected, topical issues regarding developmental psychology and psychiatry. In building on the background developed in the undergraduate curriculum, the unit will focus on the aspects of developmental psychology and psychiatry that are controversial and/or for which there are currently competing explanatory hypothesis.
The broad scope of developmental psychology and psychiatry will be reflected in the choice of topics, and these topics may change to reflect current issues in the field. The general area from which the specific topics may be chosen might include: neurodegenerative disorders, autistic spectrum disorders, genetic disorders, and childhood trauma
Research symposium: 20%
Critical article review (1,000 words): 30%
Essay (2,000 words): 50%
Attendance: Attendance at 75% of tutorials is a hurdle requirement
Hurdle: Students must pass the essay to achieve a pass for this unit
2 hours lectures each week and 2 hours tutorials fortnightly.
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200, PSY4260, PSY4504.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Katrina Simpson |
The aim of this unit is to provide students with a thorough understanding in statistical concepts that will enable them to remain up-to-date in their chosen field. The unit begins with a review of univariate statistics before addressing multivariate statistical techniques, focusing on the understanding of the issues underlying the choice of appropriate statistical technique, and the interpretation of findings. The content will be set in a context of methodological issues with special reference to the needs of professional psychologists, whose interests present unusual methodological demands which in turn influence choice of research approach and statistical technique.
After completing this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Multiple choice exam (Mid-semester) (15%)
Journal (35%)
Exam (End of semester) (50%)
2 hours per week of lectures and 1 hour per week of tutorials and SPSSX training per fortnight.
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200, PSY4502.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia First semester 2014 (Day) South Africa First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rebecca Meaney |
This unit will focus on ethical, legal and professional issues related to psychological practice. Conceptual (eg theories and definitions) and practical issues (eg common ethical dilemmas and case study appraisals) will be addressed. Some of the issues to be addressed include: legislation governing psychologists, professional organisations, codes of professional conduct, and ethical issues raised by: conflicts of interest, children as clients, using psychological tests, and the provision of psychological services to a multi-cultural population, managing the suicidal client, the reporting of child abuse, and service delivery over the internet.
By completing this unit, students should be able:
Essay: 40%
Class group presentation on ethical issues 20%
Examination: 40%
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200, PSY4504.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2014 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Bei Bei |
The unit will provide students with a theoretical overview of individual differences, and how these may be assessed and treated using evidence-based approaches. The course of study will include the theoretical background to the development of classes of tests, detailed examination of a range of models of human ability, and other individual difference issues. The different approaches to the design and construction of personality assessment tools will also be addressed. Test evaluation methods and a review of recent trends in test development theory will also be covered. The unit will also cover the administration, scoring, and interpretation of a range of psychological tests and classification tools. An overview of evidence-based interventions for behavioural changes as well as interventions for common clinical disorders will also be discussed.
At the end of the Unit, students will:
Essay (2000 words): 30%
Report on psychological assessment: 40%
Multiple-choice and short answer exam: 30%
Attendance (hurdle requirement attendance 75%
Twelve 2 hour lectures (delivered weekly), and two 2 hour practical workshops.
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4503.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Iles |
PTY1011 is an integrated unit based on the five themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1:
Theme 2:
Theme 3:
Theme 4:
Theme 5:
Assessment in PTY1011 will be both formative and summative.
Formative assessment task:
Online learning tasks
Summative assessment tasks:
Written assignments (30%)
Practical assignments (35%)
End of semester examination (35%)
All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit.
Hurdle:
Attendance at 80% of tutorials and practical sessions and submission of a reflective portfolio.
Hurdle requirement professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
6.5 hours of lectures, 4.5 hours of tutorials and 3 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of seminars, 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Iles |
PTY1022 is an integrated unit based on the 5 themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1:
Theme 2:
Theme 3:
Theme 4:
Theme 5:
Upon completion of the Inter-professional activity students will be able to:
Assessment in PTY1022 will be both formative and summative.
Formative assessment tasks include:
Online learning tasks.
Hurdle requirements include attendance at 80% of tutorials and practical sessions
Attendance and participation in the Community Health Inter-professional Attachment
Completion of 'Apply First Aid' and professional conduct
Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Summative assessment tasks:
Written assignments (32.5%)
Practical assignments (37.5%)
End of semester written examination (3 hours) (30%)
All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit.
7.5 hours of lectures, 6.5 hours of tutorials and 4 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions.Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
The Honours Systematic Review unit provides students with opportunities to advance their understanding of quality research methods, to learn systematic methods for developing a focused research question, seeking relevant information, critically appraising relevant research and preparing a summary of the review findings using contemporary methods. It provides direction and guidance to honours students in developing meaningful arguments to support proposed research activities. The review will contribute 15% to the final honours grade.
At completion of the Honours Systematic Review students will have demonstrated that they can:
Hurdle:
Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Oral presentation of the review (Formative assessment)
Completion of the systematic review (Summative assessment) (4,500 words) (100%)
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Christian Osadnik |
PTY2031 develops the 5 themes on which the 4 year curriculum is based.
Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2: Population, Society and Health
Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science
Theme 4: Applied Practice
Theme 5: Research
Written assignment (15%)
Written examination (30%)
OSCE (25%)
Research activities folder (15%)
Anatomy assessment (5%)
Physiology assessment (5%)
CBL learning and performance (5%)
Hurdle:
Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
10 hours of lectures, 3 hours of tutorials and 3 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions per week. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Prue Morgan |
PTY2042 is an integrated unit based on the 5 themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1:
Theme 2:
Theme 3:
Theme 4:
Theme 5:
Assessment in PTY2042 will be both formative and summative. Formative assessment tasks include online learning tasks.
Hurdle:
Attendance at 80% of tutorials and practical sessions and submission of a Year 2 Portfolio evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Health Promotion written assignment (in pairs) (15%)
Anatomy assessment (2.5%)
Anatomy flag race (2.5%)
Physiology assessment (2.5%)
Physiology assessment (2.5%)
Written examination (30%)
OSCE (30%)
Research assignment - systematic review (10%)
Research activities folder (5%)
6.5 hours of lectures, 4.5 hours of tutorials and 4 hours of patient centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
The Honours Research Proposal unit extends research training provided to students in the BPT by providing individualised and group supervision in developing a focused research proposal (4,500 words), applying for and obtaining ethics approval and commencing data collection. Students will have opportunities to advance their understanding of data analysis methods required to interpret data collected during the course of the proposed research, prepare and submit an application for approval to the relevant ethics committees and present their research proposal to staff and students. The research proposal will contribute 15% to the final honours grade.
At completion of the subject Honours Research Proposal students will have demonstrated that they can:
Hurdle:
Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Minimum of 80% attendance at seminars, presentation of the research proposal (Formative assessment)
Submission of the written research proposal (4,500 words) (Summative assessment) (100%)
Students are required to attend fortnightly research seminars during Year 3 of the BPT when not on clinical placement. Students are expected to undertake approximately 6 hours per week of study to construct the research proposal, and prepare the presentation of the research proposal, apply for and obtain ethics approval, submit the research proposal for assessment (4,500 words) and commence data collection.
Must be enrolled in course 4516.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Stephen Maloney |
PTY3051 continues to develop students' knowledge and skills in the five theme areas upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:
Case based learning remains the cornerstone for integration of the different themes within the course.
===THEME 1: Personal and Professional Development===
===THEME 2: Population, Society and Health===
===THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science===
===THEME 4: Applied Practice===
===THEME 5: Design and describe a systematic review protocol===
Hurdle:
Reflective Portfolio
Attendance and participation in CBL, practical and tutorial sessions
Skills mastery checklist
Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Formative Assessments:
Online quizzes
Tutorial participation
Reflective portfolio
Summative Assessments:
Written Examination (Hurdle) (30%)
OSCE (Hurdle) (30%)
CBL Assignment (20%)
Anatomy flag race (5%)
Research folio (5%)
Interview assignment (10%)
Approximately 20 hours per week contact time for the twelve weeks of semester. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Maloney |
PTY3162 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and clinical practice provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in either an acute, subacute or community setting.
On completion of this unit it is expected students will be able to:
THEME 1: Personal & Professional Development:
THEME 2: Population, Society & Health:
THEME 4: Applied Practice:
Formative assessments: Formative assessments of clinical performance in each major study area of physiotherapy clinical education will be scheduled at the half way point of each study area of the clinical affiliation and at other subsequent times. The student must submit a self assessment form midway and at the end of each major study area while on clinical placement. All clinical assessment processes will use the Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice instrument.
Summative assessments: Clinical assessment (based on assessment and changes in performance over the 5 week clinical education period) 100%;
Students must obtain a pass in each major study area, to progress into a fourth year unit. Decisions about appropriate procedures for students who do not achieve satisfactory in the clinical assessment component will be made by the Year 3/4 Level Committee which includes representation of the clinical partners.
Hurdle requirement: Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Professional conduct within the unit, completion of Learning Needs Form at the beginning and completion of each clinic; completion of clinical log, completion of self-APP assessment; pass in each clinical major study area; achieve an overall score of 50% on each of the sum of Items 1-6 (inclusive) and Items 7-20 (inclusive) by Clinician Evaluation using the APP tool for the clinical unit, and evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY3162 comprises five off campus (clinical attachments) weeks. Students will spend 34 hours per week in their clinical attachment.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Maloney |
PTY3262 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and clinical practice provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in either an acute, subacute or community setting.
On completion of this unit it is expected students will be able to:
THEME 1: Personal & Professional Development:
THEME 2: Population, Society & Health:
THEME 4: Applied Practice:
Formative assessments: Formative assessments of clinical performance in each major study area of physiotherapy clinical education will be scheduled at the half way point of each study area of the clinical affiliation and at other subsequent times. The student must submit a self assessment form midway and at the end of each major study area while on clinical placement. All clinical assessment processes will use the Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice instrument.
Summative assessments: Clinical assessment (based on assessment and changes in performance over the 5 week clinical education period) 100%;
Students must obtain a pass in each major clinical study unit, to progress into a fourth year unit. Decisions about appropriate procedures for students who do not achieve a satisfactory result in the clinical assessment units will be made by the Year 3/4 Level Committee which includes representation of the clinical partners.
Hurdle requirements: Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Professional conduct within the unit, completion of Learning Needs Form at the beginning and completion of each clinic; completion of clinical log, self-evaluation with the APP; pass in each clinical major study area; achieve an overall score of 50% on each of the sum of Items 1-6 (inclusive) and Items 7-20 (inclusive) by Clinician Evaluation using the APP tool for each clinical major study area, and evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY3262 comprises five off campus (clinical attachment) weeks. Students will spend 34 hours per week in their clinical attachment.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Maloney |
PTY3362 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Clinical practice provides the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in acute, subacute and community settings.
On completion of this unit it is expected students will be able to:
THEME 1: Personal & Professional Development:
THEME 2: Population, Society & Health:
THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science
THEME 4: Applied Practice:
Formative assessments: Formative assessments of clinical performance in each major study area of physiotherapy clinical education will be scheduled at the half way point of each study area of the clinical affiliation and at other subsequent times. The student must submit a self assessment form midway and at the end of each major study area while on clinical placement. All clinical assessment processes will use the Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice instrument.
Summative assessments: Clinical assessment (based on assessment and changes in performance over the 5 week clinical education period) 100%; Students must obtain a pass in each major clinical study area, to progress into a fourth year unit. Decisions about appropriate procedures for students who do not meet this requirement will be made by the Year 3/4 Level Committee which includes representation of the clinical partners.
Hurdle requirements: Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Professional conduct within the unit, completion of Learning Needs Form at the beginning and completion of each clinic; completion of clinical log, self-evaluation with the APP; pass in each clinical major study area; achieve an overall score of 50% on each of the sum of Items 1-6 (inclusive) and Items 7-20 (inclusive) by Clinician Evaluation using the APP tool for each clinical major study area, and evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY3262 comprises five off campus (clinical attachment) weeks. Students will spend 34 hours per week in their clinical attachment.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Maloney |
PTY3462 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and written activities provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a range of written assessment tasks during this unit as well as attending one post clinical campus-based week, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care issues in a range of settings.
On completion of this unit it is expected students will be able to:
THEME 1: Personal & Professional Development:
THEME 2: Population, Society & Health:
THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science
THEME 4: Applied Practice:
THEME 5: Research:
Formative and hurdle assessments:
Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff in order to pass the unit, and attend the clinical-debriefing session post-clinical placements.
Summative assessments:
Written appraisal of a clinical practice guideline (1,500 words) (25%)
Oral presentation of a clinical practice guideline (25%)
Online submission of power point presentation (25%)
Reflective assignment part A (Portfolio - formative) and part B (critical reflection) (25%)
The campus based learning week will consist of approximately 5-8 hours of lectures; 4 hours of CBL or other tutorials; and 4-6 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions, master classes and tutorials. For every formal teaching contact hour, students are expected to complete a minimum 2.5 additional hours self directed learning related to content, tasks and further reading as described in the PTY3462 Unit Guide. The remainder of the unit content (written assessment tasks) will be completed in self directed learning time concurrent with clinical placements occurring in year 3.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
The 12 credit point Honours Thesis subject extends research opportunities provided to students in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy degree by providing individualised and group supervision in developing a comprehensive research report (10,000 - 12,000 words). Students will have opportunities to advance their understanding of data analysis methods required to interpret data collected during the course of the research, prepare and present their findings to staff and students and refine a report for assessment. The thesis will contribute 70% to the final honours grade.
At completion of the subject Honours Thesis students will have demonstrated that they can:
Hurdle - Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Presentation of the research findings to staff and students (hurdle requirement) and the completion of a thesis (10,000 - 12,000 words) (100%) (Summative assessment)
Students are required to attend fortnightly research seminars during Semesters One and Two when they are not on clinical placements. This subject runs for 12 weeks in each Semester (total 24 weeks).
Must be enrolled in course 4516.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
This unit has a quota and selection process: please contact the Faculty.
This unit guides the development of a 4,000 - 6,000 word systematic review of the literature. It also introduces quality assessment and critical appraisal of research reports included in the review. In doing this it serves the important role of enabling learning about best practice in research design, and the relationship between research design and the trustworthiness of research conclusions. As part of this unit, students also complete on-line modules that introduce basic concepts in data reporting and analysis. Students have the option to select modules that address the type of data analysis most frequently encountered in the literature they are reviewing. Students are also supported with individualized supervision to tailor reviews to the planned research undertaken as part of "Honours Research Proposal PTY4020". Reviews are prepared using a structure that facilitates publication of the work.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Systematic review (Summative) (75%)
Weekly quizzes (Summative) (Hurdle) (25%)
Professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff (Hurdle)
This 12 CP unit requires 24 contact and private study hours per week over 12 weeks.
Must be enrolled in course 4516.
Enrolment in course 4516.
PTY2000 completed as part of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy (Hons) embedded honours programme.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
This unit has a quota and selection process: please contact the Faculty.
This unit guides student in the development of a high quality research proposal that underpins the empirical work undertaken as an honours student. It is delivered via face to face meetings and online modules. Students have different research training needs, varying with the nature of the proposed project. Students complete a compulsory ethics module and seven of 13 optional modules that best to meet their specific research training needs.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Research proposal (Summative) (Hurdle) (50%)
Weekly quizzes (Summative) (Hurdle) (50%)
Professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff (Hurdle)
Ethics application (Hurdle)
This 12 CP unit requires 24 contact and private study hours per week over 12 weeks.
Must be enrolled in course 4516. Must have completed or be enrolled in PTY4010.
Enrolment in course 4516.
PTY3000 completed as part of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy (Hons) embedded honours programme.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
This unit has a quota and selection process: please contact the Faculty.
This unit serves the important role of providing dedicated opportunities for students to document the research undertaken during their honours candidature. Students are supported through individualized supervision and the course co-ordinator to complete either a 10 - 12,000 word thesis or (at least 2) manuscripts in publication format.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Thesis submission (Summative) (100%)
Presentation to peers (Hurdle)
Professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff (Hurdle)
This 24 CP unit requires supervisor contact and private study totally 48 hours per week over 12 weeks.
PTY4000 completed as part of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy (Hons) embedded honours programme.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4171 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:
Delivery of physiotherapy services and ongoing case based learning provide opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit and complete self directed learning tasks, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to acute, community or subacute patient care.
There are 42 specific objectives for the fourth year clinical units that address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Hurdle: Professional conduct- Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit. Students must submit valid police
check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.
Hurdle: Attendance and participation, learning needs form, clinical log, self assessment using APP and feedback conference. Achieving 50% on Items 1-6 and on Items 7-20 inclusive on the APP for each clinical core placement.
Hurdle: Achieve a pass in all summative assessments
Summative assessment:
Clinical (APP) assessment (80%)
Research proposal (10%)
Research skills seminar (10%)
Students must obtain a minimum of 50% in each of the summative assessments.
5 weeks of physiotherapy clinical practice and associated self directed learning time. Students will spend approximately 32 hours per week in their clinical placement. Students are expected to complete self directed learning and reflection related to their experiences in delivery of physiotherapy services, unit content, self-directed learning tasks, project design and execution and further reading as described in the PTY4171 Unit Guide and Clinical Manual.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4172 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:
Delivery of physiotherapy services and ongoing case based learning provide opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to acute, subacute or community patient care.
There are 42 specific objectives for the year four clinical units that address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Hurdle: Professional conduct - Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit. Students must submit valid police check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.
Hurdle: Attendance and participation, learning needs form, clinical log, self assessment using APP and feedback conference. Achieving 50% on Items 1-6 and on Items 7-20 inclusive on the APP for each clinical core placement.
Hurdle: Achieve a pass in all summative tasks.
Summative assessment:
Clinical (APP) assessment (80%)
Research poster (summative) (10%)
Research skills submission (summative) (10%)
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4281 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development;
Theme 2 Population, Society and Health;
Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science;
Theme 4 Applied Practice; and
Theme 5 Research.
During this unit, students undertake an initial clinical elective attachment of 5 weeks duration .This provides the opportunity to apply and expand integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in various health care consumers in a diverse range of health care related settings. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during clinical education in health service or elective placement facilities with additional self-directed study hours. Additional study time will be required for completion of self-directed assessment tasks.
There are 35 specific objectives for the year four clinical units which address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Hurdle:
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
Students will also be expected to conduct themselves in a professional manner towards staff and clinical educators (Professional conduct hurdle).Students must submit valid police check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.
Achieve a pass in all summative tasks (Hurdle)
Attendance and Participation in clinical education (Hurdle)
Summative and hurdle assessment:
AT4: Clinician evaluation using APP assessment tool (Hurdle and summative task 100%)
PTY4281 comprises five off-campus weeks in health service or elective placement facilities for education. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during clinical education in health service or elective placement facilities. Additional self directed study time is allocated in this unit for completion of self-directed assessment tasks including learning and reflection related to experiences in delivery of physiotherapy services.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4282 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. During this 6 week unit, students undertake a clinical attachment of 2 weeks duration in the area of 'Lifespan / Community'.This provides the opportunity to apply and expand integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care across the Lifespan / Community in a diverse range of health care related settings. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during clinical education in health service or placement facilities with additional self-directed study hours. An additional four weeks off-campus study is allocated for completion of assignments and self-directed education tasks.
There are 35 specific objectives for the Year 4 clinical units which address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Summative assessment:
Case study (20%)
Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice assessment tool (APP) / learning contract (80%)
Hurdle: Professional conduct - Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit. Students must submit valid police check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.
Hurdle: paediatric preclinical online tutorial task.
Hurdle: Achieve a pass grade in all summative tasks, participation in clinical placement, and written assignments.
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY4282 comprises six off-campus weeks in clinical placement facilities for education and self directed study tasks. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during the two weeks of 'Lifespan / Community' clinical education with additional self-directed study to complete learning and reflection related to their experiences in delivery of physiotherapy services. An additional four weeks off-campus study is allocated in this unit for completion of additional self-directed summative tasks.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Michael Storr |
PTY4283 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. This campus based unit occurs in two sections in Semester 2. It extends students' integrated knowledge and skills into specialised areas of physiotherapy practice and prepares students for graduation and entry into the workforce. Unique to PTY4283 is an Interprofessional Seminar series which will take place in the final week of Semester 2, Year 4. Students will have the opportunity to listen to presentations from multiprofessional students and will participate in peer review of these sessions.
There are 28 specific objectives for this unit which address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Formative and hurdle assessments:
AT1: Professional conduct (hurdle)
AT2: Achieve a pass in all summative tasks (hurdle)
AT3: Attendance and participation (hurdle)
AT6: Peer review IPE presentations (formative)
Summative and hurdle tasks
AT4: Written assignment (3,000 words summative) (20%)
AT5: Research oral presentation (IPE conference) (10%)
AT7: Written exam (3 hours, end of semester) (60%)
AT8: Reflective assignment (2,000 words) (10%)
PTY4283 comprises three campus based weeks and additional self directed learning time. On campus there will be approximately 17 hours per week contact teaching. A campus based learning week will consist of approximately 5-8 hours of lectures; 4 hours of CBL tutorials; and 4-6 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions, master classes and tutorials. For every formal teaching contact hour, students are expected to complete a minimum 2.5 additional hours self directed learning related to content, tasks and further reading as described in the PTY4283 Unit Guide. Other written assessment tasks will be completed by students in self directed learning time.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristal Lee and Ms Ruth Druva |
RAD1012 develops the scientific, professional and clinical radiographic knowledge that will be foundational to the student progresses along the Novice to Expert continuum of development. Radiographic knowledge will be extended to enable examinations of the respiratory system, shoulder and pelvic girdles, the vertebral column, the bony thorax and plain abdomen to be safely performed. Building on earlier principles of professional practice, RAD1012 will introduce the science required for more advanced radiographic equipment operation. Radiation dosimetry and safety is also studied so that competent operation and performance measurement of diagnostic ionising radiation equipment may be executed. Clinical exposure to patients under supervision will enable the student to apply these principles across the range of examinations indicated.
Upon completion of the unit, students should be able to:
Written examination comprising two parts (3 hours) (35%)
Clinical Learning portfolio (35%)
2 x Laboratory reports (500 words each) and 2 x laboratory reports (1,000 words) (10%)
Pre-placement Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) (40 mins) (10%)
2 x Computer based radiographic image evaluation and methods tests (40 mins each) (10%)
Hurdle: All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
8 x one hour lectures, 3 x one hour tutorials, 1 x three hour laboratory practical session, 4 hours clinical studies per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marcus Kitchen and Dr Kaye Morgan |
A review of fundamental physics of concepts relevant to radiographic imaging. Units of measurement. Mechanics and heat. Atomic structure and electromagnetic radiation. Electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism. X-rays and their production. X-ray emission and interactions between x-rays and matter. Attenuation of x-rays and filters. Detection of X-rays. X-ray image formation. Introduction to computer-based imaging in medicine. Principles of radioactivity and nuclear transformation. Introduction to radiation therapy principles. Foundation principles of radiation protection together with statutory requirements.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
End-semester exam (2 hours) (50%)
Laboratory experiments (20%)
Formal laboratory report (5%)
Assignment (5%)
Hurdle: Must pass both examinations.
Entry to the BRadMedImag.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy MacLeod |
Students will learn the principles of human biology and genetics, and the chemical, cellular and tissue organization of the human body. In addition, they will develop an understanding of the gross anatomical structure of the appendicular skeleton together with their radiographic appearances.
Upon completion of this unit, students shouldl be able to:
Written end-of-semester exam (3 hours) (60%)
Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
Osteology test (30 mins) (10%)
Image recognition exam (30 mins) (10%)
Hurdle:
Participation in anatomy practical
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Entry to the BRadMedImag.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristal Lee and Ms Ruth Druva |
This unit delivers the initial scientific, professional and clinical radiographic knowledge that will be foundational in subsequent Radiographic Science and Practice units as the student progresses along the Novice to Expert continuum of development. The unit introduces the student to the requisite knowledge required to perform radiographic examinations of the limbs and chest and the fundamentals of professional practice to include the behavioural sciences, communication and legally and ethically correct working practices. Clinical exposure to patients under supervision will enable the student to apply these principles across the range of examinations indicated.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written exam (3 hours) (50%)
Pre-placement objective structured clinical exam (OSCE) (40 mins) (15%)
2 x Computer based radiographic image evaluation and methods test (20 mins each) (10%)
Clinical learning portfolio (25%)
Hurdle:
3 x maximum 750 word written reports
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
3 x one hour lectures, 3 x one hour tutorials, 1 x two hour laboratory practical session, 4 x hours clinical practice per week.
Entry to the BRadMedImag.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy MacLeod |
Students will develop a sound understanding of the principles of pathology, and specifically that of the respiratory and osteoskeletal systems , along with their radiographic appearances. Students will also develop a sound understanding of the structural and functional relationships of the vertebral column and the bony thorax. They will be introduced to the nervous system and the innervation of muscles together with relevant radiographic anatomy.
On completion of this unit, a student will be able to:
Written examination (3 hours) (60%)
Essay (1,500 words) (15%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (25%)
Hurdle: All elements of assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Imelda Williams and Ms Ruth Druva |
The unit develops a student's existing knowledge of digital imaging systems, evidence based practice and research principles required for practice within the healthcare workforce of the future. The unit includes digital image processing applied to medical imaging generally and vascular or non-vascular imaging and therapeutic or invasive procedures such as biopsy, stenting or ablation techniques. Patient care requirements for all diagnostic imaging examinations using contrast media. Digital subtraction angiographic techniques including protocols, positioning, image interpretation and evaluation. Evidence based practice in diagnostic imaging and the evaluation and application of research in diagnostic imaging.
Theme 1
Theme 2
Theme 3
Theme 4
Written examination (3 hours) (40%)
Clinical learning portfolio (20%)
Digital subtraction aniography workbook (10%)
Evidence based practice assignment (3,000 words) (20%)
4 x Image processing laboratory reports (10%)
Workload 5 x one hour lectures, 2 x one hour tutorial, 1 x one hour laboratory practical session, 4 hours directed study using Moodle, 6 hours clinical studies.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lori Boyd and Ms Ruth Druva |
The focus of this unit is upon mobile imaging, accident and emergency imaging, paediatrics, geriatrics and radiography of the skull including dental imaging.
It also facilitates the ongoing development of broader general radiographic skills of the appendicular and axial skeleton. Additionally, the unit provides students with the essential elements of contrast and therapeutic imaging of the gastrointestinal genito-urinary and hepato-biliary systems with the emphasis upon digital fluoroscopic systems and the professional role of the radiographer in managing these systems and implementing the procedures.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written examination (3 hours) (50%)
2 x group SOLAR case studies & 1 x individual SOLAR case (15%)
4 x Imaging laboratory reports (5%)
Clinical learning portfolio (30%)
3 x one hour lectures , 2 x one hour tutorials, 1 x one hour laboratory practical session, 1 hour directed study using Blackboard, 5 hours clinical studies.
RAD2051; RAD2061.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yvonne Hodgson |
This unit provides a basic understanding of the human body, its structure and the function of its organs in health and disease. The unit covers the cardiovascular system, respiratory system, renal system, haematopoietic system, gastrointestinal system, endocrine system and reproduction. The unit incorporates the anatomy, physiology, pathology and radiographic imagining techniques related to each system. An introduction to the pharmacological principles underlying drug action, drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion and the adverse reactions to contrast media complements the body systems.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written exam (3 hours) (40%)
2 x Mid-semester tests (1 hour each) (25%)
Group assignment (15%)
Multi-station recognition exam (1 hour) (20%)
Hurdle: All elements of assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
The unit will run from week 6-week 12 of semester. There will be 24 hours of contact time per week during week 6-12.
Level 1 of BRadMedImag course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lori Boyd |
Neuroglia and neurons, the nerve impulse, the synapse, excitatory transmission and inhibitory transmission and integration at synapses, neurotransmitters and regeneration; the meninges; the spinal cord, the composition and distribution of the spinal nerves, the brachial plexus; cerebrospinal fluid; the blood supply to the brain and the concept of the blood-brain barrier. The bones of the skull and their radiographic appearances; the structure of the brain - the brain stem, the pons, the midbrain, the diencephalon, the cerebrum and functional areas of the cerebral cortex. Olfactory sensations; visual sensations; accessory structure of the eye; the structure of the eye; the visual pathway. Auditory sensations and equilibrium; the middle and internal ear; the physiology of hearing and equilibrium. Sectional CT and MR appearances of the normal brain, eye, ear and the organs of balance and equilibrium. Common disorders affecting the brain and their appearances on CT and MR. Demyelinating diseases and tumors of the nervous system. Disorders and trauma of the skull and facial bones together with their radiographic, CT and MR appearances.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1 x 2 hr written exam: 50%
3 x 30 min on-line image analysis and recognition tests (each 30 minute on-line image analysis test is invigilated): 30%
1 x 2000 word Radiologic Biology assignment: 20%
HURDLE: All elements of assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
4 x one hour lectures, 1 x one hour engagement with sectional anatomy learning tutorials, 1 x one hour tutorials including anatomy and pathology demonstration classes, up to 6 hours self-directed study in keeping with the credit point value of the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Dimmock and Ms Ruth Druva |
Sonographic anatomy of the abdominal organs and related structures. Sonographic representation of common abdominal pathologies. Selection of appropriate ultrasound equipment, and optimisation of technical factors. Scanning techniques for the liver, gallbladder, biliary system, anterior abdominal wall & hernias, peritoneum & retroperitoneum and Doppler ultrasound of the upper abdomen. Doppler ultrasound and harmonic imaging. Spectral Doppler and continuous Doppler instrumentation. Ultrasound artefacts. Bio-effects and bio-hazards of diagnostic ultrasound. Limited clinical experience in abdominal ultrasound examinations and facilitatation of ongoing development in general radiography examinations. Scientific principles underpinning breast imaging, their associated instrumentation and protocols, positioning methods and radiation protection principles. Principles of radiation dosimetry, ethics, regulation of health care and legal issues in the professional context
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Ultrasound written exam (2 hours) (40%)
Mammography & dosimetry written exam (1 hour) (15%)
Assignment (2,000 words) (10%)
Seminar (3 mins per student) (Hurdle)
Ultrasound skills assessment (20 mins) (5%)
Clinical learning portfolio (20%)
Medico-legal professional journal (2,000 words) (10%)
Hurdle: All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
5 x one hour lectures, 2 x one hour tutorials, 1 x one and a half hour laboratory practical session, 4 hours directed study using Moodle.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Dimmock and Ms Ruth Druva |
Computed tomography: scientific principles and operational modes. System components and image characteristics. Image reconstruction techniques, summation convolution back-projection. Fourier reconstruction and algebraic and iterative reconstruction methods. Helical/spiral and multislice CT systems. CT artefacts and quality assurance. Principles of CT dosimetry and radiation protection. Clinical CT examinations for the head, chest, abdomen and spine; CT sectional anatomy and imaging pathology. General radiography including contrast, trauma, paediatric and mobile imaging. Digital image processing, computer interfaces, medical image formats, the Dicom standard, image compression and the hospital Picture Archiving and Communication System (PACS).
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written examination (3 hours) (40%)
MCQ CT postclinical exam (1 hour) (5%)
Online tests (20 minutes) (Hurdle) and Radiographic Image Evaluation exam (1 hour) (10%)
2 x SOLAR assignments (1,000 words each) (10%)
Clinical Learning Portfolio (25%)
Evidence based assignment (2,000 words) (10%)
Hurdle: All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
5 x 1 hour Lectures, 2 x 1 hour Tutorials, 5 hours Online (Moodle) study periods, 5 academic hours per week spent in clinical practice.
Levels 1 and 2 of BRadMedImag course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
This unit delivers theoretical and practical knowledge in abdominal ultrasound that also forms a foundation for subsequent ultrasound studies in RAD3042 and RAD4080. The unit introduces the student to the requisite knowledge required to perform an ultrasound examination of abdominal organs, including the physics of ultrasound and instrumentation, sonographic anatomy and pathophysiology, scanning principles and practice. Students will participate in the scanning of models under supervision to enable them to apply these principles and develop basic practical skills in a simulated clinical environment.
By then end of the unit, students will be able to:
Exam (3 hours) (60%)
Imaging essay (1,500 words) (15%)
SOLAR case study (15%)
Ultrasound skills assessment (10%)
Hurdle:
Attendance at practical sessions
Must pass all elements of assessment to pass the unit.
Blended learning approach including a combination of online learning material, face-to-face lectures and practical sessions.
Levels 1 and 2 of BRadMedImag course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Imants Svalbe |
The physics of MRI is presented, with particular application to clinical diagnostic imaging. The unit covers the basic physics of magnetic dipoles and magnetic spin resonance, through to a detailed presentation of the basic gradient and spin echo sequences that are used in medical MRI scanners. The factors that determine the contrast and spatial resolution achievable in MRI are discussed. The FID signal sampling and image reconstruction methods are reviewed, as are the SNR and image artifacts that typically occur in MRI. Patient and MRI staff safety issues are presented. An overview of MRI imaging applications, such as spectroscopic and dynamic imaging is presented.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Exam (3 hours) (60%)
Assignments (2,500 words) (20%)
Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
3 hours of lectures, 1 hour tutorial and 2 hours of Laboratory per week for a 12 week semester plus one week for revision.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ruth Druva |
Enrolment in Second semester to First semester (Day) offering is only available to international students with permission of the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.
Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging must complete the placement in order to satisfy the professional requirements that a period of supervised practice be completed prior to graduation and application for registration issued by the Medical Radiation Practice Board of Australia.
Work based performance appraisal at weeks 12 and 24.
Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BradMedImag.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Michal Schneider |
Enrolment in Semester 1 or Semester 2 offerings is only available to international students with permission of the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.
Supervised participation in a research project in medical imaging. An in depth consideration of the moral and ethical issues surrounding research, sources of information, quantitative and qualitative research methods and current trends in research in medical imaging. Skills in how to construct a research proposal and critically analyse the literature associated with the aspect of medical imaging students have selected as their research topic will be achieved. The critical review, analysis and interpretation of research data will be achieved. The creation of a research article, poster and oral presentation will be undertaken.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Literature review (5,000 words) (15%)
Research proposal (1,500 words) (10%)
Final report (10,000 words) (55%)
Oral presentation (10 mins) (10%)
Poster (10%)
Hurdle:
Research diary
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit
A blended learning approach comprising a combination of online, face-to-face and self-directed learning.
Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Michal Schneider |
Enrolment in Semester 1 or Semester 2 offerings is only available to international students with permission of the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.
Element one provides students with the opportunity to undertake directed in depth study in one of the following specialities: medical ultrasound, advanced multislice CT, advanced paediatric imaging or professional education and leadership.
Element two builds upon the foundation established in earlier years of the course and examines in greater depth the scientific method and the various research designs available to clinicians seeking answers to health related questions. This element will equip students with the capacity to differentiate between quantitative and qualitative research methods, evaluate the veracity of research claims, understand current trends in research in medical imaging and their implications for evidence based health care.
Element three provides students with the opportunity to apply the knowledge developed in element two and complete a critical analysis of a specified topic either directly related to the speciality addressed in element one or to another broader aspect of modern medical imaging. Students will learn how to communicate effectively using written and oral communication through the creation of a written report and a formal oral presentation.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Literature review (5,000 words) (35%)
Exam (2.5 hours) (20%)
Research methods assignment (1 hour) (10%)
2 x Stream-specific assignments (1,500 words each) (20%)
Oral presentation (10 minutes) (15%)
5 x 2 hour Lectures; 2 x 2 hour face to face tutorials with the designated literature review supervisor; 6 x 2 hours engagement with on line coursework materials; 2 x 2 hour self directed writing periods. The student is expected to undertake one hour of self-directed study for each contact hour.
Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day) Clayton Full year 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Imelda Williams |
Enrolment in Semester 1 or Semester 2 offerings is only available to international students with permission of the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.
This is a core unit of year 4 designed to provide students completing the final year of the Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging with knowledge and skills in advanced multislice computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging methods, radiographic image interpretation and advanced decision making with respect to imaging and the radiographic management of the patient. The unit comprises three elements namely multislice CT physics, methods and clinical practice, MRI methods and clinical practice and radiographic image interpretation principles and pattern recognition.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Evidence based psychophysics essay (1500 words) (10%)
Written exam (4 elements: CT methods; MRI methods; CT technology and Image analysis) (3 hours) (40%)
Clinical workbook and portfolio to include competence based assessments (30%)
2 x Evidence based radiographer health assessment report (1000 words each) (10%)
Computer based pattern recognition test (1 1/2 hours) (10%)
The academic elements comprise a 4 hour workshop, 8 hours of lectures, a 12 hour distance education package. The student is expected to undertake one hour of self-directed study for each contact/directed hour. Clinical experience comprises: 4 extended periods of 20 hours of supervised and directed clinical practice in MSCT and MRI.
Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Hilton Gruis |
This unit looks at the impact of colonisation and government legislation on the health and well being of Indigenous Australians. It also provides students with an overview of the complexity of Aboriginal health and ill health and examines access to health care systems and evaluates how Indigenous communities, remote, rural and urban practice self determination in the delivery of health care and well-being. The unit also moves the student from being a culturally aware to a culturally safe health professional.
At the conclusion of the Unit, students will be able to:
Online Short Answer Test (1000 words) 20%; Essay (2000 words) 30%; Two Hour Examination (2000 words) 40%; Tutorial Attendance and participation (80% attendance required) 10%.
2 hours lecture/tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Annette Woodhouse |
This unit, Alcohol and Other Drug (AOD) Issues in Rural Communities explores the context in which AOD use and management occurs in rural areas of Australia. The unit introduces students to current debates and issues in the AOD field and examines responses to these issues in the community and in alcohol and other drug services in rural areas. The focus of the unit is to critically appraise AOD issues and apply these understandings to particular rural communities.
This unit primarily takes the form of a series of case studies or scenarios that highlight particular issues relevant to the unit's broader topic areas. Students are required to respond to the case studies via small research style activities (for example sourcing information from local council or AOD services or studying readings) and then relate the findings to key topic questions in an online forum. The Case Study Discussion Forum will allow information to accrue that provides a valuable resource for use in unit assessment and allows students to interact with the unit advisor, fellow students and practitioners in the field.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Discussion ongoing group forum (40%)
One short critique (20%)
Essay (40%)
156 hours; 12 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anske Robinson |
This unit examines health and illness patterns across different communities. Health and illness is examined according to differences in culture, social and economic demographics, lifestyle choices and differential access to health care services. Students will learn to critically analyse the psychosocial dimensions of health and relate this to the epidemiological data on health and illness patterns in Australia, including that of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders (ATSI). Students will develop skills in effective evidence based planning for health services in communities in different locations and of various population sizes.
On completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to:
to the epidemiological data on communities of differing sizes and locations.
Participation in on-line discussions (10%)
Community health services profile (40%)
Assignment (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jenny Moloney |
This unit aims to provide students with introductory counselling skills to assist both themselves and rural clients, families and communities when the need arises for a nurse counselling practitioner. Students will be equipped to respond effectively, while learning professional self care to sustain themselves in their rural context. The unit also incorporates the legal and ethical implications of providing counselling support in a diverse range of small communities where discretional judgement, sensitivity and possible referral may be required.
Having completed this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Assignment (30%)
Oral assignment (20%)
Learning portfolio (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Brown |
This subject is an introduction to the profession of Social Work. It will cover the history and contemporary context of practice. Students will be introduced to the values and ethics of the profession, and will consider contemporary issues in the field - such as climate change, Indigenous issues, human rights, diversity, the role/reality of the welfare state, globalization. Sessions will focus on methods of Social Work practice - for instance case work, research, policy development - and/or a field of practice- such as child protection, aged care, drug and alcohol, mental health.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (1,500 words) (30%)
On-campus: Small group in-class presentation (1,000 words) (30%)
Off-campus learning: Small group (5 students) (1,000 words) (30%)
Individual assignment (2,000 words) (40%)
ON CAMPUS: lecture - 1 hour; tutorial/ workshop - 2 hours; reading - 3 hours; preparation of assignments - 3 hours; library and internet searches - 3 hours
OFF CAMPUS LEARNING: On-line and independent workbook based exercises - 3 hours; reading - 3 hours; preparation of assignments - 3 hours; library and internet searches - 3 hours. There is no residential component.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
Direct practice skills are an essential component of social welfare practice. This unit offers the opportunity to develop preparatory skills central to the formation of a helping relationship. There will be particular emphasis on working with individuals coming into contact with the child welfare and aged care contexts.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Classroom participation and role plays (20%)
Assignment reviewing student skills development (30%)
Analysis of a case study (50%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will broadly explore the legal mandate and legal processes through which policies in social welfare are implemented. It will also consider key legal dilemmas that impact on social welfare service delivery.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Report of student attendance at a Court or Tribunal hearing (2,000 words) (45%)
Assignment (2,500 words) (55%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
Students will explore two main areas of welfare provision namely child welfare and aged care. This unit will form one specific basis to guide the students in their choice of specialization for the remainder of their studies.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (2,000 words) (40%)
Essay (2,500 words) (60%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2014 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This is an introductory unit that introduces students to the theories and contemporary debates concerning social welfare, with particular reference to child welfare and aged care, as well as the institutional and organizational settings of social welfare. Throughout the unit there will be a particular emphasis on the practice settings of child welfare and aged care.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Analysing the nature of social welfare practice in the contemporary setting (2,250 words) (50%)
Outlining a vision for future practice (2,250 words) (50%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
The unit intends to help students develop knowledge and insight into the everyday activities of community work and the theoretical assumptions that underpin community work and how these relate, in particular, to the child welfare and aged care contexts.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Interview of a community development worker or attendance at a community group meeting or forum (1,000 words) (40%)
Analysis of a contemporary community development project (3,500 words) (60%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit investigates the major political and ideological debates that have, and do, influence social welfare provision in historical and contemporary context, particularly with respect to the fields of child welfare or aged care.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
One written analysis of media coverage of a social policy issue (1,500 words) (40%)
One essay analysing recent developments in a selected area of policy debate in either child welfare or aged care (3,000 words) (60%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit has two components and focuses on the development of direct assessment, planning and intervention skills utilizing through:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students are required to successfully complete both components of the unit in order to pass the unit. The unit is marked as pass grade only (PGO). Students will complete a clinical placement and submit assessment reports and also a number of in-class role play assessments. The fieldwork component is worth 50% of the unit mark and the skills component is worth 50% of the unit mark with each assignment is the skills component worth 25% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to two hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete one hour of independent study each week. Students are also required to attend a clinical placement agency for a minimum of three days per week for a total of 320 hours during which time they will not be required to attend any on-campus lectures or tutorials.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
The unit is a structured educational program which provides students with the opportunity to undertake a 14 week field education placement. The placement is undertaken in an organisational or community setting under the supervision of a professional and experienced Social Worker.
The purpose of supervised professional practice is to enable students to operationalise the professional social work role. In doing so, students are expected to be able to conceptualise, articulate and explain the progress they are making in relation to their development of a professional social work identity. Placements provide students with an opportunity to reflect on and apply theory that they learn at University to practice under the supervision of a social worker.
While on placement for 70 days, students are required to complete:
Learning Agreement and Assessment Report
Mid Placement oral presentation
Case study or report of 1,500 words
Critical learning analysis of 1,500 words
This unit is pass grade only (PGO).
14 weeks full time placement.
Must have passed one of SWK3240 or SWK3400.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robyn Mason |
This unit offers an overview of the history and contemporary context of social work practice within a framework of understanding the connection between social issues, policy development and strategies for sustainable change at both local and global levels. The unit is underpinned by notions of social justice and human rights and offers a preview of topics that will be studied in greater depth in subsequent units within the course.
Upon completion of the unit, students should be able to:
Major essay (55%)
Written assessment (30%)
In-class presentation/online contribution (15%)
3 hours per week.
Completion of 48 Points at tertiary level. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social Work degree, or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
This unit covers the place of research in social work and in the development of social work knowledge; the process and utilisation of social work research, the most commonly used social work research techniques and skills, emphasising how the various quantitative and qualitative methods may be synthesised within the one research project, and quantitative and qualitative data analysis.
After studying this unit students should be able to articulate the place of research in social work; understand and articulate the most commonly used research techniques in social work and the skills required to implement them; demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate existing research literature and understand and demonstrate the capacity to use common data analysis techniques.
Critique of a published research article (750 words) (15%)
Identification of social problem, review of literature and development of a research question (1,500 words) (35%)
Proposed methodology (2,250 words) (50%)
3 hours per week.
Completion of 48 points at first-year level. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social work degree, or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
The group work aspects of the unit examine the historical aspects of the development of group work including group leadership styles, establishment and termination of groups. The family work aspects consider family work from a variety of theoretical frameworks and make links for the delivery of family work in direct practice in organizational context. Throughout the unit there will be exploration of the ways the various concepts may apply in child welfare or aged care.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
One group assignment (2,000 words) (40%)
One individual assignment (1,500 words) (40%)
One reflective journal (1,000 words) (20%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
The unit will equip students with basic research techniques, emphasizing how the various quantitative and qualitative methods may be synthesized within one research project and the ways in which data may be analyzed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
One critique of a published research article (750 words) (15%)
Identification of a social problem and review of literature and development of the research question (1,500 words) (35%)
Development of proposed methodology (2,250 words) (50%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will examine historical and contemporary trends in the definition and understanding of child abuse. The unit will also consider legal and policy frameworks for protecting children and critical practice issues such as risk assessment and risk management.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
specific reference to the needs of indigenous children and their families.
One assignment (equivalent 2,000 words) (40%)
One assignment (2,500 words) (60%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will focus on developing an understanding of the complexity of risk that is present in many instances and ways to address such risk that takes into account professional skills and the interplay of personal, structural, policy and legal frameworks.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
special needs groups including, but not limited to, indigenous children and young people and children and young people with dual diagnoses;
Analysis of a case study (2,000 words) (45%)
Literature review (2,500 words) (55%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will examine historical and contemporary trends in the definition and understanding of elder abuse. The unit will also consider legal and policy frameworks for protecting older people and critical practice issues such as risk assessment and risk management.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
strategies and inter-agency collaboration; and
One assignment (equivalent 2,000 words) (40%)
One assignment (2,500 words) (60%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will focus on developing an understanding of the complexity of risk and client characteristics that are present in many instances and ways to address such risk that takes into account professional skills and the interplay of personal, structural, policy and legal frameworks.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Analysis of a case study (2,000 words) (45%)
Literature review (2,500 words) (55%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit builds on the theoretical and practice learning gained in SWK2160 as well as from other units in the course. It is expected that students completing this unit will demonstrate a level of skills and knowledge that enables them to be considered beginning social welfare practitioners.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students are required to successfully complete both components of the unit in order to pass the unit. The unit is marked as pass grade only (PGO). Students will complete a clinical placement and submit assessment reports and also a number of in-calls role play assessments. The fieldwork component is worth 50% of the unit mark and the skills component is worth 50% of the unit mark with each assignment is the skills component worth 25% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to two hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete one hour of independent study each week. Students are also required to attend a clinical placement agency for a minimum of three days per week for a total of 320 hours during which time they will not be required to attend any on-campus lectures or tutorials.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
Most social welfare practitioners deliver their services in an organizational setting. In order to work effectively it is important to understand organizational processes and the ways these may impact on practice. This unit studies organizational theory and structure and research knowledge about organizations as the basis for assessing social welfare organizations. The unit will have a focus on child welfare and aged care organizations.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
One essay (1,500 words) (40%)
One major essay (3,000 words) (60%)
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
On the basis that the young and the elderly are particularly vulnerable to such global trends some topics in this unit will be delivered jointly with students undertaking SWK3390. The unit will explore global issues relating to child welfare, including, but not limited to, child labour, child sex trafficking, the role of children in armed conflict and international adoption.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
not limited to, global poverty, climate change, the gendered construction of roles in society, and mass movement of people;
trafficking, international adoption, and the role of children in armed conflict; and
One hurdle assignment 500 words
Two assignments each of 2,000 words and each worth 50% of the unit mark
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Bachelor of Social Welfare students - SWK3320 and SWK3330.
Bachelor of Health Promotion students - SWK2120. Consult with Bachelor of Health Promotion course coordinator and then contact the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences at Berwick campus to enrol.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
On the basis that the young and the elderly are particularly vulnerable to such global trends some topics in this unit will be delivered jointly with students undertaking SWK3380. The unit will explore global issues relating to aged care, including, but not limited to, cross-cultural approaches to aging, implications of movement of people to urban areas, and the implications of the movement of people across borders for employment.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
knowledge and critically review how such issues may influence local practice.
One hurdle assignment (500 words)
Two assignments each of 2,000 words and each worth 50% of the unit mark
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Bachelor of Social Welfare students - SWK3340 and SWK3350.
Bachelor of Health Promotion students - SWK2120. Consult with the Bachelor of Health Promotion course coordinator and then contact the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences Berwick campus to enrol.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
This unit covers child, adolescent and adult development with an emphasis on the development of resilience across the life course. A particular focus is on relevant contextual factors at individual, family, community and societal levels that impede or enhance development. The unit includes a social work practice theory section that provides an orientation to the theory of direct social work practice with individuals and families focusing on one to one work with individuals and on working with family groups. The unit has a skills component that includes assessment, engagement and the development of intervention strategies through the use of role plays, case studies.
At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:
and critically reflective on your own social work practice.
Critical reflection on the life-span (1,000 words)
Case study analysis that asks student to apply the theoretical knowledge learned to a typical social work client situation (2,000 words)
A biopsychosocial assessment of a child, adolescent or adult (2,000 words)
Completion of a role play assessment activity (1,000 words)
On-campus students will attend five hours of face to face contact per week that will include three hours of lecturers and two hours of tutorials. Fours hours will be spent on online activities and eleven hours will be spent on private study.
Off-campus students participate in 20 hours residential workshops, four hours per week on online activities and 18 hours per week on private study. Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit, where social work practice skills will be facilitated and practiced. Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 3 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in the first week of June.
SWK3240
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Philip Mendes |
This unit explores the concept of 'community' and its applications in Australian society; the theory and practice of the various community work models (social planning, community development and social action); the role of community work in social work activities; and the skills involved in the practice of community work.
On completion of this unit students should be able to understand and evaluate different perspectives on the nature of community; understand and evaluate the different models of community work, their ideological bases and the skills they involve; and apply this knowledge to the practice of community work within social work setting.
Interview with community development worker (1,000 words) (30%)
Essay (3,500 words) (70%)
Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 1 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in September.
SWK3400 or SWK3240
SWK4410
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Brown |
This unit will introduce students to an understanding of leadership in the human services in Australia as a requirement for social work practice, one that is not always understood or accepted professionally. The human services sector is expanding in the numbers of its component organisations, both governmental and non-governmental, and in the size and complexity of the component parts. Leadership of social change and social justice in the human services is now at a premium, having been given little attention in the past or currently. Little is known of leadership requirements in this sector particularly as contrasted with other service sectors. Students undertaking this unit will be introduced to theories of leadership of human-service organisations, their programs and policies, and leadership of the new organisational phenomena in this sector, large community service departments, non-governmental consortia, and advocacy organisations. They will also be introduced to other notions of leadership in social work - leadership through research, advocacy and community action.
Subsequently, theories of leadership will be placed against the experiences and views of current social work leaders in this sector, who will be active participants in this unit, so that students gain some understanding of what leadership comprises, what priority actual leaders place on the various aspects of leadership, and what research and theory underpins actual leadership in the policy development, planning and delivery of social services today.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
A critical analysis of contemporary leadership theories in the light of presentations in the classroom and conveyed online, from social work leaders during the unit (2,000 words) (40%)
An assessment of their own actual and potential contribution to social work leadership, based on critical reflection on practice experience, current data on leadership in a specific field of practice and analysis of relevant literature (2,500 words) (60%).
Students must pass both assessment tasks in order to complete the unit successfully.
3 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) Caulfield Full year 2014 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
The honours research methods unit introduces students to the theoretical methodological and ethical issues that underpin social work research. It provides direction and guidance to honours students in identifying a meaningful research question and develops the skills and knowledge students need to develop a research proposal. It re-introduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques they need to both undertake their study and write a research report.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Completion of the research proposal - literature review and methodology (4,500 words) and submission of relevant ethics application (100%)
OCDL students are required to attend at least one on campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
This unit provides students with the opportunity to deliver a presentation on their research study. Students will describe the research method and data analysis plan for their honours study. The feedback students receive on their presentation assists in the development of the final version of their research report.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Presentation (Students are required to give an oral presentation of their project (in class, or online for distance students) (Hurdle)
Written presentation of the study's findings and discussion of these in the context of prior research (Results and Discussion) (100%)
SWK4001. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social Work degree, or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
This unit is the preparation for submission of the honours thesis of 10,000 words (minimum length). The dissertation is the final version of the research project undertaken by the student during the honours programme. The research project involves addressing a meaningful research question and selecting an appropriate method that draws on quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis to gather the findings that complete the research project. The honours thesis is examined by a member of the academic staff (not the supervisor) and a second examiner within the Department of Social Work.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Presentation of the honours dissertation (10,000 - 12,000 words) (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Bernadette Saunders |
Upon completion of the unit, students should be able to:
On-campus students - attendance/participation in seminars/tutorials (10%)
Off-campus students - participation in on-line discussion/commentary (10%)
Court/tribunal related short answer questions and/or report (1,500 words) (40%)
A structured written commentary on a human rights, legal and ethical issue or case study (2,000 words) (50%)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. On-campus students attend a 3 hour seminar/tutorial.
Students are required to observe at least one court or tribunal hearing.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
This unit uses a range of case studies to assist the student in working through the complex issues faced by many social work clients. The unit asks the students to reflect on their knowledge and theory to draw upon appropriate assessment and intervention techniques for a range of social work situation.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1 (1,500 words) (40%)
Assignment 2 (3,000 words) (60%)
On campus students will be required to attend a 2 hour lecture per week and undertake 10 hours of private research and study.
Off-campus students are expected to undertake 144 hours per semester in private study, completing readings and other tasks as outlined on the Blackboard site in the off-campus Unit Guide, and to complete three assignment tasks.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
This unit uses a range of case studies to assist the student in working through the complex issues faced by many social work clients. The unit asks the students to reflect on their knowledge and theory to draw upon appropriate assessment and intervention techniques for a range of social work situations.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Oral presentation (70%)
Written paper (This can either be a formal written essay (1,000 words) or a PowerPoint presentation (10 slides)) (30%)
2 hour weekly lecture.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deborah Western |
This unit requires students to work in groups, develop a relationship with a community organisation and develop a group based project. The unit has a focus on the theory and practice of groupwork, including the historical development of this social work method, planning and implementing a groupwork program, communication in groups, group leadership and facilitation and managing group dynamics. Students will also learn to establish and negotiate relationships with organisational personnel in the field, analyse and manage group processes and successfully complete a 'real-world' group project. The unit will introduce students to community engagement, processes of project management and practice challenges in the field.
A structured reflective journal (2500 words): 60% (assessing objectives 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5)
Contribution to a group project report (2000 words): 40% (assessing objectives (6, 7 and 8)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 144 hours of study per semester. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake include set readings for each topic and complete the assessment tasks.
Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 2 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in early April (date to be advised at the beginning of semester one).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Melissa Petrakis |
This unit provides an ecological approach to the understanding of contemporary health and mental health concerns that impact on the individuals and families who come to the attention of social work. The subject incorporates weekly direct practice skills seminars to develop key skills for effective social work practice in the health and mental health fields. Social Work interfaces with a range of clients and practice contexts in community health and mental health, in disability, in drug and alcohol settings, in rural and regional settings.
At successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Literature review (1,500 words) (25%)
Case study (1,500 words) (25%)
Essay (3,000 words) (50%)
Reflective Journal (3,000 words) (Pass Only)
Students must pass all assessment tasks to successfully complete the unit.
Dr Melissa Petrakis and Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan
The unit runs for 8 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 312 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide, which include set readings.
Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 3 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in September.
SWK3400 or SWK3240
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Philip Mendes |
Students will be introduced to the specific role of social work in social policy analysis, practice and advocacy. Areas covered will include key theories in social policy, understanding the link between social policy and the goals and values of social work, ideological critiques of the welfare state and their implications for particular policy areas, the role of lobby groups in social policy debates, and the link between local and global welfare trends.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Analysis of current newspaper or journal opinion piece (20%) (1,000 words)
Analysis of an area of current Australian social policy (80%) (3,500 words)
2 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Philip Mendes |
Honours students will be introduced to the specific role of social work in social policy analysis, practice and advocacy. Areas covered will include key theories in social policy, understanding the link between social policy and the goals and values of social work, ideological critiques of the welfare state and their implications for particular policy areas, the role of lobby groups in social policy debates, and the link between local and global welfare trends.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Oral presentation (70%)
Written paper outlining the oral presentation (This can either be a formal written essay (1,000 words) or a PowerPoint presentation (10 slides)) (30%)
12 hours per week.
Two hour weekly lecture.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2014 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
The unit is a structured educational program which provides students with the opportunity to undertake a 14 week field education placement. The placement is undertaken in an organisational or community setting under the supervision of a professional and experienced Social Worker.
This is the final opportunity for Supervised Professional Practice before qualifying as a social worker. The expectation is that students will refine, expand and consolidate the competency that they achieved in their first placement and that by completion of final placement will be able to practise as an independent, responsible and reflective Social Work practitioner.
While on placement for 70 days, students are required to complete:
Learning Agreement and Assessment Report
Mid Placement oral presentation
Case study or report of 1,500 words
Critical learning analysis of 1,500 words
This unit is pass grade only (PGO).
14 weeks full time placement.
SWK3180 or SWK3240